View PIC16F627_194651.PDF datasheet online --- IC-ON-LINE

Datasheet File OCR Text:

PIC16F62X
FLASH-Based 8-Bit CMOS Microcontrollers
Devices included in this data sheet:
* PIC16F627 * PIC16F628 Referred to collectively as PIC16F62X .
Special Microcontroller Features:
* Power-on Reset (POR) * Power-up Timer (PWRT) and Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) * Brown-out Detect (BOD) * Watchdog Timer (WDT) with its own on-chip RC oscillator for reliable operation * Multiplexed MCLR-pin * Programmable weak pull-ups on PORTB * Programmable code protection * Low voltage programming * Power saving SLEEP mode * Selectable oscillator options - FLASH configuration bits for oscillator options - ER (External Resistor) oscillator - Reduced part count - Dual speed INTRC - Lower current consumption - EC External Clock input - XT oscillator mode - HS oscillator mode - LP oscillator mode * Serial in-circuit programming (via two pins) * Four user programmable ID locations
High Performance RISC CPU:
* Only 35 instructions to learn * All single-cycle instructions (200 ns), except for program branches which are two-cycle * Operating speed: - DC - 20 MHz clock input - DC - 200 ns instruction cycle
Memory Device PIC16F627 PIC16F628 FLASH Program 1024 x 14 2048 x 14 RAM Data 224 x 8 224 x 8 EEPROM Data 128 x 8 128 x 8
* * * *
Interrupt capability 16 special function hardware registers 8-level deep hardware stack Direct, Indirect and Relative addressing modes
Peripheral Features:
* 15 I/O pins with individual direction control * High current sink/source for direct LED drive * Analog comparator module with: - Two analog comparators - Programmable on-chip voltage reference (VREF) module - Programmable input multiplexing from device inputs and internal voltage reference - Comparator outputs are externally accessible * Timer0: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit programmable prescaler * Timer1: 16-bit timer/counter with external crystal/ clock capability * Timer2: 8-bit timer/counter with 8-bit period register, prescaler and postscaler * Capture, Compare, PWM (CCP) module - Capture is 16-bit, max. resolution is 12.5 ns - Compare is 16-bit, max. resolution is 200 ns - PWM max. resolution is 10-bit * Universal Synchronous/Asynchronous Receiver/ Transmitter USART/SCI * 16 Bytes of common RAM
CMOS Technology:
* Low-power, high-speed CMOS FLASH technology * Fully static design * Wide operating voltage range - PIC16F627 - 3.0V to 5.5V - PIC16F628 - 3.0V to 5.5V - PIC16LF627 - 2.0V to 5.5V - PIC16LF628 - 2.0V to 5.5V * Commercial, industrial and extended temperature range * Low power consumption - < 2.0 mA @ 5.0V, 4.0 MHz - 15 A typical @ 3.0V, 32 kHz - < 1.0 A typical standby current @ 3.0V
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 1
PIC16F62X
Pin Diagrams
PDIP, SOIC
RA2/AN2/VREF RA3/AN3/CMP1 RA4/TOCKI/CMP2 RA5/MCLR/THV VSS RB0/INT RB1/RX/DT RB2/TX/CK RB3/CCP1
*1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10
RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0 RA7/OSC1/CLKIN RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT VDD RB7/T1OSI RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI RB5 RB4/PGM
PIC16F62X
SSOP
RA2/AN2/VREF RA3/AN3/CMP1 RA4/TOCKI/CMP2 RA5/MCLR/THV VSS VSS RB0/INT RB1/RX/DT RB2/TX/CK RB3/CCP1
*1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11
RA1/AN1 RA0/AN0 RA7/OSC1/CLKIN RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT VDD VDD RB7/T1OSI RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI RB5 RB4/PGM
PIC16F62X
Device Differences
Device PIC16F627 PIC16F628 PIC16LF627 PIC16LF628 Voltage Range 3.0 - 5.5 3.0 - 5.5 2.0 - 5.5 2.0 - 5.5 Oscillator See Note 1 See Note 1 See Note 1 See Note 1 Process Technology (Microns) 0.7 0.7 0.7 0.7
Note 1: If you change from this device to another device, please verify oscillator characteristics in your application.
DS40300B-page 2
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
Table of Contents
1.0 General Description..................................................................................................................................................................... 5 2.0 PIC16F62X Device Varieties...................................................................................................................................................... 7 3.0 Architectural Overview ................................................................................................................................................................ 9 4.0 Memory Organization ................................................................................................................................................................ 13 5.0 I/O Ports .................................................................................................................................................................................... 27 6.0 Timer0 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 45 7.0 Timer1 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 50 8.0 Timer2 Module .......................................................................................................................................................................... 54 9.0 Comparator Module................................................................................................................................................................... 57 10.0 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP) Module .................................................................................................................................... 63 11.0 Voltage Reference Module........................................................................................................................................................ 69 12.0 Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART).................................................................................... 71 13.0 Data EEPROM Memory ............................................................................................................................................................ 91 14.0 Special Features of the CPU..................................................................................................................................................... 95 15.0 Instruction Set Summary ......................................................................................................................................................... 113 16.0 Development Support.............................................................................................................................................................. 125 17.0 Electrical Specifications........................................................................................................................................................... 131 18.0 Device Characterization Information ....................................................................................................................................... 145 19.0 Packaging Information............................................................................................................................................................. 147 Index .................................................................................................................................................................................................. 151 On-Line Support................................................................................................................................................................................. 155 Reader Response .............................................................................................................................................................................. 156 PIC16F62X Product Identification System ........................................................................................................................................ 157
To Our Valued Customers
Most Current Data Sheet
To obtain the most up-to-date version of this data sheet, please register at our Worldwide Web site at: http://www.microchip.com You can determine the version of a data sheet by examining its literature number found on the bottom outside corner of any page. The last character of the literature number is the version number. e.g., DS30000A is version A of document DS30000.
New Customer Notification System
Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products.
Errata
An errata sheet may exist for current devices, describing minor operational differences (from the data sheet) and recommended workarounds. As device/documentation issues become known to us, we will publish an errata sheet. The errata will specify the revision of silicon and revision of document to which it applies. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please check with one of the following: * Microchip's Worldwide Web site; http://www.microchip.com * Your local Microchip sales office (see last page) * The Microchip Corporate Literature Center; U.S. FAX: (602) 786-7277 When contacting a sales office or the literature center, please specify which device, revision of silicon and data sheet (include literature number) you are using.
Corrections to this Data Sheet
We constantly strive to improve the quality of all our products and documentation. We have spent a great deal of time to ensure that this document is correct. However, we realize that we may have missed a few things. If you find any information that is missing or appears in error, please: * Fill out and mail in the reader response form in the back of this data sheet. * E-mail us at webmaster@microchip.com. We appreciate your assistance in making this a better document.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 3
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 4
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
1.0 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
1.1 Development Support
The PIC16F62X are 18-Pin FLASH-based members of the versatile PIC16CXX family of low-cost, high-performance, CMOS, fully-static, 8-bit microcontrollers. All PICmicro(R) microcontrollers employ an advanced RISC architecture. The PIC16F62X have enhanced core features, eight-level deep stack, and multiple internal and external interrupt sources. The separate instruction and data buses of the Harvard architecture allow a 14-bit wide instruction word with the separate 8-bit wide data. The two-stage instruction pipeline allows all instructions to execute in a single-cycle, except for program branches (which require two cycles). A total of 35 instructions (reduced instruction set) are available. Additionally, a large register set gives some of the architectural innovations used to achieve a very high performance. PIC16F62X microcontrollers typically achieve a 2:1 code compression and a 4:1 speed improvement over other 8-bit microcontrollers in their class. PIC16F62X devices have special features to reduce external components, thus reducing system cost, enhancing system reliability and reducing power consumption. There are eight oscillator configurations, of which the single pin ER oscillator provides a low-cost solution. The LP oscillator minimizes power consumption, XT is a standard crystal, INTRC is a self-contained internal oscillator and the HS is for High Speed crystals. The SLEEP (power-down) mode offers power savings. The user can wake up the chip from SLEEP through several external and internal interrupts and reset. A highly reliable Watchdog Timer with its own on-chip RC oscillator provides protection against software lock- up. Table 1-1 shows the features of the PIC16F62X mid-range microcontroller families. A simplified block diagram of the PIC16F62X is shown in Figure 3-1. The PIC16F62X series fits in applications ranging from battery chargers to low-power remote sensors. The FLASH technology makes customization of application programs (detection levels, pulse generation, timers, etc.) extremely fast and convenient. The small footprint packages make this microcontroller series ideal for all applications with space limitations. Low-cost, low-power, high-performance, ease of use and I/O flexibility make the PIC16F62X very versatile. The PIC16F62X family is supported by a full-featured macro assembler, a software simulator, an in-circuit emulator, a low-cost development programmer and a full-featured programmer. A Third Party "C" compiler support tool is also available.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 5
PIC16F62X
TABLE 1-1: PIC16F62X FAMILY OF DEVICES
PIC16F627 Clock Maximum Frequency of Operation (MHz) 20 20 2048 224 128
PIC16F628 20 1024 224 128
PIC16LF627 20
PIC16LF628
FLASH Program Memory (words) 1024 Memory RAM Data Memory (bytes) EEPROM Data Memory (bytes) Timer Module(s) Comparators(s) Peripherals 224 128
2048 224 128 TMR0, TMR1, TMR2 2 1 USART Yes 10 16 2.0-5.5 Yes 18-pin DIP, SOIC; 20-pin SSOP
TMR0, TMR1, TMR2 TMR0, TMR1, TMR2 2 2 1 USART Yes 10 16 3.0-5.5 Yes 18-pin DIP, SOIC; 20-pin SSOP
TMR0, TMR1, TMR2 2 1 USART Yes 10 16 2.0-5.5 Yes 18-pin DIP, SOIC; 20-pin SSOP
Capture/Compare/PWM modules 1 Serial Communications Internal Voltage Reference Interrupt Sources I/O Pins Voltage Range (Volts) USART Yes 10 16 3.0-5.5 Yes 18-pin DIP, SOIC; 20-pin SSOP
Features
Brown-out Detect Packages
All PICmicro(R) Family devices have Power-on Reset, selectable Watchdog Timer, selectable code protect and high I/O current capability. All PIC16F62X Family devices use serial programming with clock pin RB6 and data pin RB7.
DS40300B-page 6
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
2.0 PIC16F62X DEVICE VARIETIES
A variety of frequency ranges and packaging options are available. Depending on application and production requirements the proper device option can be selected using the information in the PIC16F62X Product Identification System section at the end of this data sheet. When placing orders, please use this page of the data sheet to specify the correct part number.
2.1
Flash Devices
These devices are offered in the lower cost plastic package, even though the device can be erased and reprogrammed. This allows the same device to be used for prototype development and pilot programs as well as production. A further advantage of the electrically-erasable Flash version is that it can be erased and reprogrammed in-circuit, or by device programmers, such as Microchip's PICSTART(R) Plus or PRO MATE(R) II programmers.
2.2
Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) Devices
Microchip offers a QTP Programming Service for factory production orders. This service is made available for users who chose not to program a medium to high quantity of units and whose code patterns have stabilized. The devices are standard FLASH devices but with all program locations and configuration options already programmed by the factory. Certain code and prototype verification procedures apply before production shipments are available. Please contact your Microchip Technology sales office for more details.
2.3
Serialized Quick-Turnaround-Production (SQTPSM) Devices
Microchip offers a unique programming service where a few user-defined locations in each device are programmed with different serial numbers. The serial numbers may be random, pseudo-random or sequential. Serial programming allows each device to have a unique number which can serve as an entry-code, password or ID number.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 7
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 8
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
3.0 ARCHITECTURAL OVERVIEW
The high performance of the PIC16F62X family can be attributed to a number of architectural features commonly found in RISC microprocessors. To begin with, the PIC16F62X uses a Harvard architecture, in which, program and data are accessed from separate memories using separate busses. This improves bandwidth over traditional von Neumann architecture where program and data are fetched from the same memory. Separating program and data memory further allows instructions to be sized differently than 8-bit wide data word. Instruction opcodes are 14-bits wide making it possible to have all single word instructions. A 14-bit wide program memory access bus fetches a 14-bit instruction in a single cycle. A two-stage pipeline overlaps fetch and execution of instructions. Consequently, all instructions (35) execute in a single-cycle (200 ns @ 20 MHz) except for program branches. The Table below lists program memory (Flash, Data and EEPROM).
Memory Device PIC16F627 PIC16F628 PIC16LF627 PIC16LF628 FLASH Program 1024 x 14 2048 x 14 1024 x 14 2048 x 14 RAM Data 224 x 8 224 x 8 224 x 8 224 x 8 EEPROM Data 128 x 8 128 x 8 128 x 8 128 x 8
The PIC16F62X devices contain an 8-bit ALU and working register. The ALU is a general purpose arithmetic unit. It performs arithmetic and Boolean functions between data in the working register and any register file. The ALU is 8-bit wide and capable of addition, subtraction, shift and logical operations. Unless otherwise mentioned, arithmetic operations are two's complement in nature. In two-operand instructions, typically one operand is the working register (W register). The other operand is a file register or an immediate constant. In single operand instructions, the operand is either the W register or a file register. The W register is an 8-bit working register used for ALU operations. It is not an addressable register. Depending on the instruction executed, the ALU may affect the values of the Carry (C), Digit Carry (DC), and Zero (Z) bits in the STATUS register. The C and DC bits operate as a Borrow and Digit Borrow out bit, respectively, bit in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples. A simplified block diagram is shown in Figure 3-1, with a description of the device pins in Table 3-1. Two types of data memory are provided on the PIC16F62X devices. Non-volatile EEPROM data memory is provided for long term storage of data such as calibration values, look up table data, and any other data which may require periodic updating in the field. This data is not lost when power is removed. The other data memory provided is regular RAM data memory. Regular RAM data memory is provided for temporary storage of data during normal operation. It is lost when power is removed.
The PIC16F62X can directly or indirectly address its register files or data memory. All special function registers including the program counter are mapped in the data memory. The PIC16F62X have an orthogonal (symmetrical) instruction set that makes it possible to carry out any operation on any register using any addressing mode. This symmetrical nature and lack of `special optimal situations' make programming with the PIC16F62X simple yet efficient. In addition, the learning curve is reduced significantly.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 9
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 3-1: BLOCK DIAGRAM
13 FLASH Program Memory 8 Level Stack (13-bit) Program Bus 14 Instruction reg Direct Addr 7 Program Counter
Data Bus
8
RAM File Registers
Data EEPROM
RAM Addr (1)
9
PORTA RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2/VREF RA3/AN3/CMP1 RA4/T0CK1/CMP2 RA5/MCLR/THV RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT RA7/OSC1/CLKIN
Addr MUX 8 Indirect Addr
FSR reg STATUS reg 8 3 PORTB
Power-up Timer Instruction Decode & Control Timing Generation OSC1/CLKIN OSC2/CLKOUT Oscillator Start-up Timer Power-on Reset Watchdog Timer Brown-out Detect Low-Voltage Programming 8
MUX
ALU
W reg
RB0/INT RB1/RX/DT RB2/TX/CK RB3/CCP1 RB4/PGM RB5 RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI RB7/T1OSI
MCLR
VDD, VSS
Comparator
Timer0
Timer1
Timer2
VREF
CCP1
USART
Memory Device
PIC16F627 PIC16F628 PIC16LF627 PIC16LF628
FLASH Program
1024 x 14 2048 x 14 1024 x 14 2048 x 14
RAM Data
224 x 8 224 x 8 224 x 8 224 x 8
EEPROM Data
128 x 8 128 x 8 128 x 8 128 x 8
Note 1: Higher order bits are from the STATUS register.
DS40300B-page 10
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 3-1:
Name
RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2/VREF RA3/AN3/CMP1 RA4/T0CKI/CMP2 RA5/MCLR/THV
PIC16F62X PINOUT DESCRIPTION
DIP/ SOIC Pin # 17 18 1 2 3 4 SSOP Pin # 19 20 1 2 3 4 I/O/P Type I/O I/O I/O I/O I/O I Buffer Type ST ST ST ST ST ST
Description
Bi-directional I/O port/Analog comparator input Bi-directional I/O port/Analog comparator input Bi-directional I/O port/Analog comparator input/VREF output Bi-directional I/O port/Analog comparator input/comparator output Bi-directional I/O port/Can be configured as T0CKI/comparator output Input port/master clear (reset input/programming voltage input. When configured as MCLR, this pin is an active low reset to the device. Voltage on MCLR/THV must not exceed VDD during normal device operation. Bi-directional I/O port/Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in crystal oscillator mode. In ER mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKOUT which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1, and denotes the instruction cycle rate. Bi-directional I/O port/Oscillator crystal input/external clock source input. ER biasing pin. Bi-directional I/O port/external interrupt. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/ USART receive pin/synchronous data I/O. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/ USART transmit pin/synchronous clock I/O. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/Capture/Compare/PWM I/O. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/Low voltage programming input pin. Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. When low voltage programming is enabled, the interrupt on pin change and weak pull-up resistor are disabled. Bi-directional I/O port/Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/Timer1 oscillator output/Timer1 clock input. Wake up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Bi-directional I/O port/Timer1 oscillator input. Wake up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Ground reference for logic and I/O pins. Positive supply for logic and I/O pins.
RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT
15
17
I/O
ST
RA7/OSC1/CLKIN RB0/INT RB1/RX/DT
16 6 7
18 7 8
I/O I/O I/O
ST TTL/ST(1) TTL/ST(3)
RB2/TX/CK
8
9
I/O
TTL/ST(3)
RB3/CCP1 RB4/PGM
9 10
10 11
I/O I/O
TTL/ST(4) TTL/ST(5)
RB5
11
12
I/O
TTL
RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI
12
13
I/O
TTL/ST(2)
RB7/T1OSI
13
14
I/O
TTL/ST(2)
VSS VDD
5 14
5,6 15,16
P P
-- --
Legend:
Note 1: Note 2: Note 3: Note 4: Note 5:
O = output I/O = input/output P = power -- = Not used I = Input ST = Schmitt Trigger input TTL = TTL input I/OD =input/open drain output This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger I/O when used in USART/Synchronous mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger I/O when used in CCP mode. This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in low voltage program mode.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 11
PIC16F62X
3.1 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle 3.2 Instruction Flow/Pipelining
The clock input (OSC1/CLKIN/RA7 pin) is internally divided by four to generate four non-overlapping quadrature clocks namely Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4. Internally, the program counter (PC) is incremented every Q1, the instruction is fetched from the program memory and latched into the instruction register in Q4. The instruction is decoded and executed during the following Q1 through Q4. The clocks and instruction execution flow is shown in Figure 3-2. An "Instruction Cycle" consists of four Q cycles (Q1, Q2, Q3 and Q4). The instruction fetch and execute are pipelined such that fetch takes one instruction cycle while decode and execute takes another instruction cycle. However, due to the pipelining, each instruction effectively executes in one cycle. If an instruction causes the program counter to change (e.g., GOTO) then two cycles are required to complete the instruction (Example 3-1). A fetch cycle begins with the program counter (PC) incrementing in Q1. In the execution cycle, the fetched instruction is latched into the "Instruction Register (IR)" in cycle Q1. This instruction is then decoded and executed during the Q2, Q3, and Q4 cycles. Data memory is read during Q2 (operand read) and written during Q4 (destination write).
FIGURE 3-2:
CLOCK/INSTRUCTION CYCLE
Q1 OSC1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC
PC PC+1 PC+2 Internal phase clock
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
OSC2/CLKOUT (ER mode)
Fetch INST (PC) Execute INST (PC-1)
Fetch INST (PC+1) Execute INST (PC)
Fetch INST (PC+2) Execute INST (PC+1)
EXAMPLE 3-1:
1. MOVLW 55h 2. MOVWF PORTB 3. CALL 4. BSF SUB_1
INSTRUCTION PIPELINE FLOW
Fetch 1 Execute 1 Fetch 2 Execute 2 Fetch 3 Execute 3 Fetch 4 Flush Fetch SUB_1 Execute SUB_1
PORTA, BIT3
All instructions are single cycle, except for any program branches. These take two cycles since the fetch instruction is "flushed" from the pipeline while the new instruction is being fetched and then executed.
DS40300B-page 12
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.0
4.1
MEMORY ORGANIZATION
Program Memory Organization
FIGURE 4-2: PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16F628
PC<12:0>
CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW
The PIC16F62X has a 13-bit program counter capable of addressing an 8K x 14 program memory space. Only the first 1K x 14 (0000h - 03FFh) for the PIC16F627 and 2K x 14 (0000h - 07FFh) for the PIC16F628 are physically implemented. Accessing a location above these boundaries will cause a wrap-around within the first 1K x 14 space (PIC16F627) or 2K x 14 space (PIC16F628). The reset vector is at 0000h and the interrupt vector is at 0004h (Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2).
13
Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 8 Reset Vector 000h
FIGURE 4-1:
PROGRAM MEMORY MAP AND STACK FOR THE PIC16F627
PC<12:0>
Interrupt Vector
CALL, RETURN RETFIE, RETLW
13 On-chip Program Memory
0004 0005
Stack Level 1 Stack Level 2 Stack Level 8 Reset Vector
07FFh 0800h
1FFFh 000h
4.2
Interrupt Vector 0004 0005
Data Memory Organization
On-chip Program Memory 03FFh 0400h
The data memory (Figure 4-3) is partitioned into four Banks which contain the general purpose registers and the special function registers. The Special Function Registers are located in the first 32 locations of each Bank. Register locations 20-7Fh, A0h-FFh, 120h-14Fh, 170h-17Fh and 1F0h-1FFh are general purpose registers implemented as static RAM. The Table below lists how to access the four banks of registers:
RP1 Bank0 Bank1 Bank2 Bank3 0 0 1 1 RP0 0 1 0 1
1FFFh
Addresses F0h-FFh, 170h-17Fh and 1F0h-1FFh are implemented as common RAM and mapped back to addresses 70h-7Fh. 4.2.1 GENERAL PURPOSE REGISTER FILE
The register file is organized as 224 x 8 in the PIC16F62X. Each is accessed either directly or indirectly through the File Select Register FSR (Section 4.4).
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 13
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 4-3: DATA MEMORY MAP OF THE PIC16F627 AND PIC16F628
File Address Indirect addr.(*) TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h PCLATH INTCON PIR1 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON TMR2 T2CON 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON RCSTA TXREG RCREG 15h 16h 17h 18h 19h 1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh CMCON 1Fh 20h VRCON General Purpose Register 80 Bytes TXSTA SPBRG EEDATA EEADR EECON1 EECON2* PR2 PCON PCLATH INTCON PIE1 Indirect addr.(*) OPTION PCL STATUS FSR TRISA TRISB 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh 8Ch 8Dh 8Eh 8Fh 90h 91h 92h 93h 94h 95h 96h 97h 98h 99h 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh A0h General Purpose Register 48 Bytes 11Fh 120h 14Fh 150h 1EFh 1F0h accesses 70h - 7Fh 1FFh Bank 3 PCLATH INTCON PORTB Indirect addr.(*) TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR 100h 101h 102h 103h 104h 105h 106h 107h 108h 109h 10Ah 10Bh 10Ch 10Dh 10Eh 10Fh PCLATH INTCON TRISB Indirect addr.(*) OPTION PCL STATUS FSR 180h 181h 182h 183h 184h 185h 186h 187h 188h 189h 18Ah 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh 18Fh
General Purpose Register 96 Bytes accesses 70h-7Fh 7Fh Bank 0 Bank 1 EFh F0h
accesses 70h-7Fh Bank 2
16Fh 170h
FFh
17Fh
Unimplemented data memory locations, read as '0'. * Not a physical register.
DS40300B-page 14
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.2.2 SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS The special function registers are registers used by the CPU and Peripheral functions for controlling the desired operation of the device (Table 4-1). These registers are static RAM. The special registers can be classified into two sets (core and peripheral). The special function registers associated with the "core" functions are described in this section. Those related to the operation of the peripheral features are described in the section of that peripheral feature.
TABLE 4-1:
Address Bank 0
00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 07h 08h 09h 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 0Dh 0Eh 0Fh 10h 11h 12h 13h 14h 15h 16h 17h 18h 19h 1Ah 1Bh 1Ch 1Dh 1Eh 1Fh INDF TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR PORTA
SPECIAL REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK0
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Reset
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 0000 0000 PD RA3 RB3 Z RA2 RB2 DC RA1 RB1 C RA0 RB0 0001 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 0000 xxxx xxxx -- -- -- -- GIE EEIF -- PEIE CMIF -- T0IE RCIF Write buffer for upper 5 bits of program counter INTE TXIF RBIE -- T0IF CCP1IF INTF TMR2IF RBIF TMR1IF ---0 0000 0000 000x 0000 -000 -- xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 0000 0000 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -- -- Capture/Compare/PWM register (LSB) Capture/Compare/PWM register (MSB) -- -- CCP1X CCP1Y SPEN RX9 SREN CREN USART Transmit data register USART Receive data register CCP1M3 ADEN CCP1M2 FERR CCP1M1 OERR CCP1M0 RX9D xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx --00 0000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 -- -- -- C2OUT C1OUT C2INV C1INV CIS CM2 CM1 CM0 -- 0000 0000 TO
Value on all other Resets(1)
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0000 0000 000q quuu uuuu uuuu xxxx 0000 uuuu uuuu -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000u 0000 -000 -- uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu --uu uuuu 0000 0000 -uuu uuuu -- -- uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu --00 0000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 0000 -- -- -- -- 0000 0000
Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical register) Timer0 Module's Register Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 Indirect data memory address pointer RA7 RA6 RA5 RA4 RB7 RB6 RB5 RB4
PORTB Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented PCLATH INTCON PIR1 Unimplemented TMR1L TMR1H T1CON TMR2 T2CON Unimplemented Unimplemented CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON RCSTA TXREG RCREG Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented CMCON
Holding register for the least significant byte of the 16-bit TMR1 Holding register for the most significant byte of the 16-bit TMR1 -- -- -- TOUTPS3 T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR2 module's register
Legend: -- = Unimplemented locations read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented Note 1: Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR Reset, Brown-out Detect and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 15
PIC16F62X
TABLE 4-2:
Address
Bank 1 80h 81h 82h 83h 84h 85h 86h 87h 88h 89h 8Ah 8Bh 8Ch 8Dh 8Eh 8Fh 90h 91h 92h 93h 94h 95h 96h 97h 98h 99h 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh 9Eh 9Fh INDF OPTION PCL STATUS FSR TRISA TRISB Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented PCLATH INTCON PIE1 Unimplemented PCON Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented PR2 Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented TXSTA SPBRG EEDATA EEADR EECON1 EECON2 Unimplemented VRCON CSRC TX9 TXEN SYNC -- BRGH TRMT TX9D Baud Rate Generator Register EEPROM data register -- -- EEPROM address register -- -- -- WRERR WREN WR RD Timer2 Period Register -- -- -- -- OSCF -- POR BOD -- GIE EEIE -- PEIE CMIE -- T0IE RCIE Write buffer for upper 5 bits of program counter INTE TXIE RBIE -- T0IF CCP1IE INTF TMR2IE RBIF TMR1IE Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical reg- xxxx xxxx ister) INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA RBPU Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 TO Indirect data memory address pointer TRISA7 TRISB7 TRISA6 TRISB6 -- TRISB5 TRISA4 TRISB4 PD TRISA3 TRISB3 PS2 Z TRISA2 TRISB2 PS1 DC TRISA1 TRISB1 PS0 C TRISA0 TRISB0 1111 1111 0000 0000 0001 1xxx xxxx xxxx 11-1 1111 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000x 0000 -000 -- ---- 1-0x -- -- 11111111 -- -- -- -- -- 0000 -010 0000 0000 xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx ---- x000 --------- VR2 VR1 VR0 000- 0000 xxxx xxxx 1111 1111 0000 0000 000q quuu uuuu uuuu 11-1 1111 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000u 0000 -000 -- ---- 1-uq -- -- 11111111 -- -- -- -- -- 0000 -010 0000 0000 uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu ---- q000 --------- 000- 0000
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Reset Value on all other resets(1)
EEPROM control register 2 (not a physical register) VREN VROE VRR -- VR3
Legend: : -- = Unimplemented locations read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented Note 1: Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR Reset, Brown-out Detect and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
DS40300B-page 16
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 4-3:
Address
Bank 1 100h 101h 102h 103h 104h 105h 106h 107h 108h 109h 10Ah 10Bh 10Ch 10Dh 10Eh 10Fh 110h 111h 112h 113h 114h 115h 116h 117h 118h 119h 11Ah 11Bh 11Ch 11Dh 11Eh 11Fh Unimplemented INDF TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR Unimplemented PORTB Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented PCLATH INTCON Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented -- GIE -- PEIE -- T0IE Write buffer for upper 5 bits of program counter INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical reg- xxxx xxxx ister) INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA RBPU Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 TO Indirect data memory address pointer PD PS2 Z PS1 DC PS0 C 1111 1111 0000 0000 0001 1xxx xxxx xxxx -- 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000x -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- xxxx xxxx 1111 1111 0000 0000 000q quuu uuuu uuuu -- 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000u -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK2
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Reset Value on all other resets(1)
Legend: -- = Unimplemented locations read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented Note 1: Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR Reset, Brown-out Detect and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 17
PIC16F62X
TABLE 4-4:
Address
Bank 1 180h 181h 182h 183h 184h 185h 186h 187h 188h 189h 18Ah 18Bh 18Ch 18Dh 18Eh 18Fh 190h 191h 192h 193h 194h 195h 196h 197h 198h 199h 19Ah 19Bh 19Ch 19Dh 19Eh 19Fh INDF OPTION PCL STATUS FSR Unimplemented TRISB Unimplemented Unimplemented Unimplemented PCLATH INTCON -- GIE -- PEIE -- T0IE Write buffer for upper 5 bits of program counter INTE RBIE T0IF INTF RBIF TRISB7 TRISB6 TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 Addressing this location uses contents of FSR to address data memory (not a physical reg- xxxx xxxx ister) INTEDG T0CS T0SE PSA RBPU Program Counter's (PC) Least Significant Byte IRP RP1 RP0 TO Indirect data memory address pointer PD PS2 Z PS1 DC PS0 C 1111 1111 0000 0000 0001 1xxx xxxx xxxx -- 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000x xxxx xxxx 1111 1111 0000 0000 000q quuu uuuu uuuu -- 1111 1111 -- -- -- ---0 0000 0000 000u
SPECIAL FUNCTION REGISTERS SUMMARY BANK3
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Reset Value on all other resets(1)
Legend: -- = Unimplemented locations read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown, q = value depends on condition, shaded = unimplemented Note 1: Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR Reset, Brown-out Detect and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
DS40300B-page 18
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.1 STATUS REGISTER The STATUS register, shown in Register 4-1, contains the arithmetic status of the ALU, the RESET status and the bank select bits for data memory (SRAM). The STATUS register can be the destination for any instruction, like any other register. If the STATUS register is the destination for an instruction that affects the Z, DC or C bits, then the write to these three bits is disabled. These bits are set or cleared according to the device logic. Furthermore, the TO and PD bits are not writable. Therefore, the result of an instruction with the STATUS register as destination may be different than intended. For example, CLRF STATUS will clear the upper-three bits and set the Z bit. This leaves the status register as 000uu1uu (where u = unchanged). It is recommended, therefore, that only BCF, BSF, SWAPF and MOVWF instructions are used to alter the STATUS register because these instructions do not affect any status bit. For other instructions, not affecting any status bits, see the "Instruction Set Summary". Note 1: The C and DC bits operate as a Borrow and Digit Borrow out bit, respectively, in subtraction. See the SUBLW and SUBWF instructions for examples.
REGISTER 4-1: STATUS REGISTER (ADDRESS 03H OR 83H)
R/W-0 IRP bit7 R/W-0 RP1 R/W-0 RP0 R-1 TO R-1 PD R/W-x Z R/W-x DC R/W-x C bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset -x = Unknown at POR reset
bit 7:
IRP: Register Bank Select bit (used for indirect addressing) 1 = Bank 2, 3 (100h - 1FFh) 0 = Bank 0, 1 (00h - FFh)
bit 6-5: RP1:RP0: Register Bank Select bits (used for direct addressing) 11 = Bank 3 (180h - 1FFh) 10 = Bank 2 (100h - 17Fh) 01 = Bank 1 (80h - FFh) 00 = Bank 0 (00h - 7Fh) bit 4: TO: Time-out bit 1 = After power-up, CLRWDT instruction, or SLEEP instruction 0 = A WDT time-out occurred PD: Power-down bit 1 = After power-up or by the CLRWDT instruction 0 = By execution of the SLEEP instruction Z: Zero bit 1 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is zero 0 = The result of an arithmetic or logic operation is not zero DC: Digit carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions)(for borrow the polarity is reversed) 1 = A carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the 4th low order bit of the result C: Carry/borrow bit (ADDWF, ADDLW,SUBLW,SUBWF instructions) 1 = A carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred 0 = No carry-out from the most significant bit of the result occurred Note: For borrow the polarity is reversed. A subtraction is executed by adding the two's complement of the second operand. For rotate (RRF, RLF) instructions, this bit is loaded with either the high or low order bit of the source register.
bit 3:
bit 2:
bit 1:
bit 0:
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 19
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.2 OPTION REGISTER Note: To achieve a 1:1 prescaler assignment for TMR0, assign the prescaler to the WDT (PSA = 1). See Section 6.3.1 The OPTION register is a readable and writable register which contains various control bits to configure the TMR0/WDT prescaler, the external RB0/INT interrupt, TMR0, and the weak pull-ups on PORTB.
REGISTER 4-2: OPTION REGISTER (ADDRESS 81H)
R/W-1 RBPU bit7 bit 7: R/W-1 R/W-1 INTEDG T0CS R/W-1 T0SE R/W-1 PSA R/W-1 PS2 R/W-1 PS1 R/W-1 PS0 bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit -n = Value at POR reset
RBPU: PORTB Pull-up Enable bit 1 = PORTB pull-ups are disabled 0 = PORTB pull-ups are enabled by individual port latch values INTEDG: Interrupt Edge Select bit 1 = Interrupt on rising edge of RB0/INT pin 0 = Interrupt on falling edge of RB0/INT pin T0CS: TMR0 Clock Source Select bit 1 = Transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Internal instruction cycle clock (CLKOUT) T0SE: TMR0 Source Edge Select bit 1 = Increment on high-to-low transition on RA4/T0CKI pin 0 = Increment on low-to-high transition on RA4/T0CKI pin PSA: Prescaler Assignment bit 1 = Prescaler is assigned to the WDT 0 = Prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3:
bit 2-0: PS2:PS0: Prescaler Rate Select bits
Bit Value 000 001 010 011 100 101 110 111 TMR0 Rate 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128 1 : 256 WDT Rate 1:1 1:2 1:4 1:8 1 : 16 1 : 32 1 : 64 1 : 128
DS40300B-page 20
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.3 INTCON REGISTER Note: Interrupt flag bits get set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). The INTCON register is a readable and writable register which contains the various enable and flag bits for all interrupt sources except the comparator module. See Section 4.2.2.4 and Section 4.2.2.5 for a description of the comparator enable and flag bits.
REGISTER 4-3: INTCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 0BH OR 8BH)
R/W-0 GIE bit7 R/W-0 PEIE R/W-0 T0IE R/W-0 INTE R/W-0 RBIE R/W-0 T0IF R/W-0 INTF R/W-x RBIF bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset -x = Unknown at POR reset
bit 7:
GIE: Global Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all un-masked interrupts 0 = Disables all interrupts PEIE: Peripheral Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables all un-masked peripheral interrupts 0 = Disables all peripheral interrupts T0IE: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR0 interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR0 interrupt INTE: RB0/INT External Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB0/INT external interrupt 0 = Disables the RB0/INT external interrupt RBIE: RB Port Change Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the RB port change interrupt 0 = Disables the RB port change interrupt T0IF: TMR0 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR0 register has overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR0 register did not overflow INTF: RB0/INT External Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The RB0/INT external interrupt occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = The RB0/INT external interrupt did not occur RBIF: RB Port Change Interrupt Flag bit 1 = When at least one of the RB7:RB4 pins changed state (must be cleared in software) 0 = None of the RB7:RB4 pins have changed state
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3:
bit 2:
bit 1:
bit 0:
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 21
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.4 PIE1 REGISTER This register contains interrupt enable bits.
REGISTER 4-4: PIE1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 8CH)
R/W-0 EEIE bit7 R/W-0 CMIE R/W-0 RCIE R/W-0 TXIE U R/W-0 CCP1IE R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR2IE TMR1IE bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:
EEIE: EE Write Complete Interrupt Enable Bit 1 = Enables the EE write complete interrupt 0 = Disables the EE write complete interrupt CMIE: Comparator Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the comparator interrupt 0 = Disables the comparator interrupt RCIE: USART Receive Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART receive interrupt 0 = Disables the USART receive interrupt TXIE: USART Transmit Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the USART transmit interrupt 0 = Disables the USART transmit interrupt Unimplemented: Read as `0' CCP1IE: CCP1 Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the CCP1 interrupt 0 = Disables the CCP1 interrupt TMR2IE: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR2 to PR2 match interrupt TMR1IE: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Enable bit 1 = Enables the TMR1 overflow interrupt 0 = Disables the TMR1 overflow interrupt
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3: bit 2:
bit 1:
bit 0:
DS40300B-page 22
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.5 PIR1 REGISTER Note: This register contains interrupt flag bits. Interrupt flag bits get set when an interrupt condition occurs regardless of the state of its corresponding enable bit or the global enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). User software should ensure the appropriate interrupt flag bits are clear prior to enabling an interrupt.
REGISTER 4-5: PIR1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 0CH)
R/W-0 EEIF bit7 R/W-0 CMIF R-0 RCIF R-0 TXIF U R/W-0 CCP1IF R/W-0 R/W-0 TMR2IF TMR1IF bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:
EEIF: EEPROM Write Operation Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The write operation completed (must be cleared in software) 0 = The write operation has not completed or has not been started CMIF: Comparator Interrupt Flag bit 1 = Comparator input has changed 0 = Comparator input has not changed RCIF: USART Receive Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART receive buffer is full 0 = The USART receive buffer is empty TXIF: USART Transmit Interrupt Flag bit 1 = The USART transmit buffer is empty 0 = The USART transmit buffer is full Unimplemented: Read as `0' CCP1IF: CCP1 Interrupt Flag bit Capture Mode 1 = A TMR1 register capture occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register capture occurred Compare Mode 1 = A TMR1 register compare match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR1 register compare match occurred PWM Mode Unused in this mode TMR2IF: TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR2 to PR2 match occurred (must be cleared in software) 0 = No TMR2 to PR2 match occurred TMR1IF: TMR1 Overflow Interrupt Flag bit 1 = TMR1 register overflowed (must be cleared in software) 0 = TMR1 register did not overflow
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3: bit 2:
bit 1:
bit 0:
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 23
PIC16F62X
4.2.2.6 PCON REGISTER The PCON register contains flag bits to differentiate between a Power-on Reset, an external MCLR reset, WDT reset or a Brown-out Detect.
Note: BOD is unknown on Power-on Reset. It must then be set by the user and checked on subsequent resets to see if BOD is cleared, indicating a brown-out has occurred. The BOD status bit is a "don't care" and is not necessarily predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled (by programming BOREN bit in the Configuration word).
REGISTER 4-6: PCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 8Eh)
U-0 -- bit7 U-0 -- U-0 -- U-0 -- R/W-1 OSCF U-0 -- R/W-q POR R/W-q BOD bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7-4,2: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 3: OSCF: INTRC/ER oscillator speed 1 = 4 MHz typical(1) 0 = 37 KHz typical POR: Power-on Reset Status bit 1 = No Power-on Reset occurred 0 = A Power-on Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Power-on Reset occurs) BOD: Brown-out Detect Status bit 1 = No Brown-out Reset occurred 0 = A Brown-out Reset occurred (must be set in software after a Brown-out Reset occurs)
bit 1:
bit 0:
Note 1: When in ER oscillator mode, setting OSCF = 1 will cause the oscillator speed to change to the speed specified by the external resistor.
DS40300B-page 24
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
4.3 PCL and PCLATH
4.3.2 STACK The program counter (PC) is 13-bits wide. The low byte comes from the PCL register, which is a readable and writable register. The high byte (PC<12:8>) is not directly readable or writable and comes from PCLATH. On any reset, the PC is cleared. Figure 4-7 shows the two situations for the loading of the PC. The upper example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded on a write to PCL (PCLATH<4:0> PCH). The lower example in the figure shows how the PC is loaded during a CALL or GOTO instruction (PCLATH<4:3> PCH). The PIC16F62X family has an 8 level deep x 13-bit wide hardware stack (Figure 4-1 and Figure 4-2). The stack space is not part of either program or data space and the stack pointer is not readable or writable. The PC is PUSHed onto the stack when a CALL instruction is executed or an interrupt causes a branch. The stack is POPed in the event of a RETURN, RETLW or a RETFIE instruction execution. PCLATH is not affected by a PUSH or POP operation. The stack operates as a circular buffer. This means that after the stack has been PUSHed eight times, the ninth push overwrites the value that was stored from the first push. The tenth push overwrites the second push (and so on). Note 1:
Instruction with PCL as Destination ALU result
FIGURE 4-7:
LOADING OF PC IN DIFFERENT SITUATIONS
PCL 8 7 0
PCH 12 PC 5
There are no STATUS bits to indicate stack overflow or stack underflow conditions. There are no instructions/mnemonics called PUSH or POP. These are actions that occur from the execution of the CALL, RETURN, RETLW and RETFIE instructions, or the vectoring to an interrupt address.
PCLATH<4:0>
8
Note 2:
PCLATH PCH 12 PC 2 PCLATH<4:3> 11 Opcode <10:0> PCLATH 11 10 8 7 PCL 0 GOTO, CALL
4.3.1
COMPUTED GOTO
A computed GOTO is accomplished by adding an offset to the program counter (ADDWF PCL). When doing a table read using a computed GOTO method, care should be exercised if the table location crosses a PCL memory boundary (each 256 byte block). Refer to the application note "Implementing a Table Read" (AN556).
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 25
PIC16F62X
4.4 Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers EXAMPLE 4-1:
movlw movwf NEXT clrf incf btfss goto CONTINUE:
INDIRECT ADDRESSING
0x20 FSR INDF FSR FSR,4 NEXT ;initialize pointer ;to RAM ;clear INDF register ;inc pointer ;all done? ;no clear next ;yes continue
The INDF register is not a physical register. Addressing the INDF register will cause indirect addressing. Indirect addressing is possible by using the INDF register. Any instruction using the INDF register actually accesses data pointed to by the file select register (FSR). Reading INDF itself indirectly will produce 00h. Writing to the INDF register indirectly results in a no-operation (although status bits may be affected). An effective 9-bit address is obtained by concatenating the 8-bit FSR register and the IRP bit (STATUS<7>), as shown in Figure 4-8. A simple program to clear RAM location 20h-2Fh using indirect addressing is shown in Example 4-1.
FIGURE 4-8:
DIRECT/INDIRECT ADDRESSING PIC16F62X
Direct Addressing Indirect Addressing 0 IRP 7 FSR register 0
RP1
RP0
6
from opcode
bank select
location select 00 00h 01 10 11
bank select 180h
location select
Data Memory
7Fh
1FFh
Bank 0 For memory map detail see Figure 4-3.
Bank 1
Bank 2
Bank 3
DS40300B-page 26
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
5.0 I/O PORTS
The PIC16F62X have two ports, PORTA and PORTB. Some pins for these I/O ports are multiplexed with an alternate function for the peripheral features on the device. In general, when a peripheral is enabled, that pin may not be used as a general purpose I/O pin. Note 1: On reset, the TRISA register is set to all inputs. The digital inputs are disabled and the comparator inputs are forced to ground to reduce excess current consumption. Note 2: When RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT is configured as CLKOUT, the corresponding TRIS bit is overridden and the pin is configured as an output. The PORTA data bit reads 0, and the PORTA TRIS bit reads 0. TRISA controls the direction of the RA pins, even when they are being used as comparator inputs. The user must make sure to keep the pins configured as inputs when using them as comparator inputs. The RA2 pin will also function as the output for the voltage reference. When in this mode, the VREF pin is a very high impedance output. The user must configure TRISA<2> bit as an input and use high impedance loads. In one of the comparator modes defined by the CMCON register, pins RA3 and RA4 become outputs of the comparators. The TRISA<4:3> bits must be cleared to enable outputs to use this function.
5.1
PORTA and TRISA Registers
PORTA is an 8-bit wide latch. RA4 is a Schmitt Trigger input and an open drain output. Port RA4 is multiplexed with the T0CKI clock input. RA5 is a Schmitt Trigger input only and has no output drivers. All other RA port pins have Schmitt Trigger input levels and full CMOS output drivers. All pins have data direction bits (TRIS registers) which can configure these pins as input or output. A '1' in the TRISA register puts the corresponding output driver in a hi- impedance mode. A '0' in the TRISA register puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin(s). Reading the PORTA register reads the status of the pins whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. So a write to a port implies that the port pins are first read, then this value is modified and written to the port data latch. The PORTA pins are multiplexed with comparator and voltage reference functions. The operation of these pins are selected by control bits in the CMCON (comparator control register) register and the VRCON (voltage reference control register) register. When selected as a comparator input, these pins will read as '0's.
EXAMPLE 5-1:
CLRF PORTA MOVLW 0X07 MOVWF CMCON
INITIALIZING PORTA
;Initialize PORTA by setting ;output data latches ;Turn comparators off and ;enable pins for I/O ;functions
BCF STATUS, RP1 BSF STATUS, RP0 ;Select Bank1 MOVLW 0x1F ;Value used to initialize ;data direction MOVWF TRISA ;Set RA<4:0> as inputs ;TRISA<7:5> are always ;read as '0'.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 27
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-1:
Data Bus WR PORTA
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA0/AN0:RA1/AN1 PINS
Q VDD VDD
FIGURE 5-2:
Data Bus WR PORTA
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA2/VREF PIN
Q VDD VDD
D
D
CK
Q
P D I/O Pin N WR TRISA VSS VSS Analog Input Mode Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer
CK
Q
P
Data Latch D WR TRISA Q
Data Latch Q N CK Q VSS Analog Input Mode Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer RA2 Pin VSS
CK
Q
TRIS Latch
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA
RD TRISA
Q
D
Q
D
EN RD PORTA RD PORTA
EN
To Comparator
To Comparator VROE VREF
DS40300B-page 28
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-3:
Data Bus WR PORTA D
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE RA3/AN3 PIN
Comparator Mode = 110 Q Comparator Output 1 CK Q 0 VDD P VDD
Data Latch D WR TRISA Q
N CK Q VSS Analog Input Mode Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer VSS
RA3 Pin
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA Q D
EN RD PORTA
To Comparator
FIGURE 5-4:
Data Bus WR PORTA D
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA4/T0CKI PIN
Comparator Mode = 110 Q Comparator Output 1 CK Q 0 Data Latch D Q N CK Q VSS VSS RA4 Pin
WR TRISA
TRIS Latch
RD TRISA Q D
Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer
EN RD PORTA
TMR0 Clock Input
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 29
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-5: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE RA5/MCLR/THV PIN
MCLRE MCLR circuit MCLR Filter(1) VDD
Program mode HV Detect RA5/MCLR/THV
Data Bus WR PORT
D
Q Q
VDD
VSS
CK
P
Data Latch D WR TRIS Q N CK Q TRIS Latch VSS
RD TRIS Q D
EN RD Port
DS40300B-page 30
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-6: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT PIN
(Fosc=101,111)
CLKOUT (FOSC/4) 1 0
From OSC1
Oscillator Circuit VDD
Data Bus WR PORTA
D
Q
VDD
RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT Pin
CK
Q
P
VSS
Data Latch D Q N CK Q TRIS Latch VSS (Fosc=100, 101, 110, 111) RD TRISA Q D (Fosc=110, 100) Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer
WR TRISA
EN RD PORTA
CLKOUT is 1/4 of the Fosc frequency.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 31
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-7: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RA7/OSC1/CLKIN PIN
To OSC2 Oscillator Circuit VDD
CLKIN to core Data Bus WR PORTA D WR TRISA D Q Q VDD RA7/OSC1/CLKIN Pin CK P Schmitt Trigger VSS N CK Q (Fosc=101, 100) TRIS Latch VSS (Fosc=101, 100) RD TRISA Q D Schmitt Trigger Input Buffer
Data Latch Q
EN RD PORTA
DS40300B-page 32
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 5-1:
Name RA0/AN0 RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2/VREF RA3/AN3 RA4/T0CKI RA5/MCLR/THV
PORTA FUNCTIONS
Bit # bit0 bit1 bit2 bit3 bit4 bit5 Buffer Type ST ST ST ST ST ST Function Bi-directional I/O port/comparator input Bi-directional I/O port/comparator input Bi-directional I/O port/analog/comparator input or VREF output Bi-directional I/O port/analog/comparator input/comparator output Bi-directional I/O port/external clock input for TMR0 or comparator output. Output is open drain type. Input port/master clear (reset input/programming voltage input. When configured as MCLR, this pin is an active low reset to the device. Voltage on MCLR/THV must not exceed VDD during normal device operation. Bi-directional I/O port/Oscillator crystal output. Connects to crystal or resonator in crystal oscillator mode. In ER mode, OSC2 pin outputs CLKOUT which has 1/4 the frequency of OSC1, and denotes the instruction cycle rate. Bi-directional I/O port/oscillator crystal input/external clock source input.
RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT
bit6
ST
RA7/OSC1/CLKIN bit7 ST Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger input
TABLE 5-2:
Address Name
05h 85h 1Fh 9Fh PORTA TRISA CMCON VRCON
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORTA
Bit 7
RA7 TRISA7 C2OUT VREN
Bit 6
RA6 TRISA6 C1OUT VROE
Bit 5
RA5 -- C2INV VRR
Bit 4
RA4 TRISA4 C1INV --
Bit 3
RA3 TRISA3 CIS VR3
Bit 2
RA2 TRISA2 CM2 VR2
Bit 1
RA1 TRISA1 CM1 VR1
Bit 0
RA0 TRISA0 CM0 VR0
Value on POR
xxxx 0000 11-1 1111 0000 0000 000- 0000
Value on All Other Resets
xxxu 0000 11-1 1111 0000 0000 000- 0000
Legend: -- = Unimplemented locations, read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown Note: Shaded bits are not used by PORTA.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 33
PIC16F62X
5.2 PORTB and TRISB Registers
PORTB is an 8-bit wide bi-directional port. The corresponding data direction register is TRISB. A '1' in the TRISB register puts the corresponding output driver in a high impedance mode. A '0' in the TRISB register puts the contents of the output latch on the selected pin(s). PORTB is multiplexed with the interrupt, USART, CCP module and the TMR1 clock input/output. The standard port functions and the alternate port functions are shown in Table 5-3. Reading PORTB register reads the status of the pins, whereas writing to it will write to the port latch. All write operations are read-modify-write operations. So a write to a port implies that the port pins are first read, then this value is modified and written to the port data latch. Each of the PORTB pins has a weak internal pull-up (200 A typical). A single control bit can turn on all the pull-ups. This is done by clearing the RBPU (OPTION<7>) bit. The weak pull-up is automatically turned off when the port pin is configured as an output. The pull-ups are disabled on Power-on Reset. Four of PORTB's pins, RB7:RB4, have an interrupt on change feature. Only pins configured as inputs can cause this interrupt to occur (i.e., any RB7:RB4 pin configured as an output is excluded from the interrupt on change comparison). The input pins (of RB7:RB4) are compared with the old value latched on the last read of PORTB. The "mismatch" outputs of RB7:RB4 are OR'ed together to generate the RBIF interrupt (flag latched in INTCON<0>). This interrupt can wake the device from SLEEP. The user, in the interrupt service routine, can clear the interrupt in the following manner: a) b) Any read or write of PORTB. This will end the mismatch condition. Clear flag bit RBIF.
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit RBIF. Reading PORTB will end the mismatch condition, and allow flag bit RBIF to be cleared. This interrupt on mismatch feature, together with software configurable pull-ups on these four pins allow easy interface to a key pad and make it possible for wake-up on key-depression. (See AN552 in the Microchip Embedded Control Handbook.) Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur when the read operation is being executed (start of the Q2 cycle), then the RBIF interrupt flag may not get set.
The interrupt on change feature is recommended for wake-up on key depression operation and operations where PORTB is only used for the interrupt on change feature. Polling of PORTB is not recommended while using the interrupt on change feature.
DS40300B-page 34
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-8: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB0/INT PIN
VDD RBPU VDD weak P pull-up
RB0/INT pin Data Bus D Q VSS CK Data Latch
WR PORTB
D WR TRISB
Q TTL input buffer
CK TRIS Latch
Schmitt Trigger Buffer
RD TRISB Q D EN EN
RD PORTB
INT input
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 35
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-9: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB1/TX/DT PIN
VDD RBPU P weak pull-up PORT/PERIPHERAL Select(1) USART data output 0 VDD 1 Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q P VDD
CK
Data Latch D WR TRISB Q Q N VSS VSS RB1/RX/DT pin
CK
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB Peripheral OE(2) Q RD PORTB EN USART receive input D
TTL input buffer
Schmitt Trigger
RD PORTB
Note 1: Port/Peripheral select signal selects between port data and peripheral output. Note 2: Peripheral OE( output enable) is only active if peripheral select is active.
DS40300B-page 36
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-10: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB2/TX/CK PIN
VDD P weak pull-up PORT/PERIPHERAL Select(1) USART TX/CK output 0 VDD 1 Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q VSS Data Latch D WR TRISB Q Q N Vss P RB2/TX/CK pin VDD
RBPU
CK
CK
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB Peripheral OE(2) Q RD PORTB EN EN USART Slave Clock in D
TTL input buffer
Schmitt Trigger
RD PORTB
Note 1: Port/Peripheral select signal selects between port data and peripheral output. Note 2: Peripheral OE( output enable) is only active if peripheral select is active.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 37
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-11: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE RB3/CCP1 PIN
VDD RBPU P weak pull-up Port/Peripheral Select(1) PWM/Compare output 0 VDD 1 Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q P VDD
CK
Data Latch D WR TRISB Q N VSS TRIS Latch Vss RB3/CCP1 pin
CK
Q
RD TRISB
TTL input buffer Q D EN EN
RD PORTB
CCP input
Schmitt Trigger
RD PORTB
Note 1: Peripheral Select is defined by CCP1M3:CCP1M0. (CCP1CON<3:0>)
DS40300B-page 38
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-12: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB4/PGM PIN
VDD RBPU P weak pull-up
VDD Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q P VDD
CK
Data Latch D WR TRISB Q Q N VSS TRIS Latch VSS RB4/PGM
CK
RD TRISB LVP
RD PORTB
PGM input Schmitt Trigger TTL input buffer Q D Q1
EN Set RBIF
From other RB<7:4> pins
Q
D RD Port EN Q3
Note:
The low voltage programming disables the interrupt on change and the weak pullups on RB4.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 39
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-13: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB5 PIN
VDD RBPU weak VDD P pull-up
Data Bus
D
Q RB5 pin
WR PORTB
CK Data Latch VSS D Q
WR TRISB
CK TRIS Latch TTL input buffer
RD TRISB Q RD PORTB EN Set RBIF D Q1
From other RB<7:4> pins
Q
D RD Port Q3
EN
DS40300B-page 40
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-14: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI PIN
VDD RBPU P weak pull-up VDD Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q P
VDD
CK
Data Latch D WR TRISB Q Q N VSS TRIS Latch VSS RB6/ T1OSO/ T1CKI pin
CK
RD TRISB T1OSCEN TTL input buffer
RD PORTB
TMR1 Clock
From RB7 Serial programming clock
Schmitt Trigger TMR1 oscillator
Q
D Q1
EN Set RBIF
From other RB<7:4> pins
Q
D RD Port EN Q3
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 41
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 5-15: BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE RB7/T1OSI PIN
VDD RBPU P weak pull-up To RB6 T1OSCEN VDD VDD Data Bus WR PORTB D Q Q P RB7/T1OSI pin TMR1 oscillator
CK
Data Latch D WR TRISB Q Q N Vss VSS
CK
TRIS Latch
RD TRISB T10SCEN
RD PORTB
TTL input buffer
Serial programming input
Schmitt Trigger Q D Q1
EN Set RBIF
From other RB<7:4> pins
Q
D RD Port EN Q3
DS40300B-page 42
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 5-3:
Name
RB0/INT
PORTB FUNCTIONS
Bit # bit0 Buffer Type TTL/ST(1) Function
Bi-directional I/O port/external interrupt. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. (3) RB1/RX/DT bit1 Bi-directional I/O port/ USART receive pin/synchronous data I/O. Can be TTL/ST software programmed for internal weak pull-up. (3) RB2/TX/CK bit2 Bi-directional I/O port/ USART transmit pin/synchronous clock I/O. Can be TTL/ST software programmed for internal weak pull-up. (4) RB3/CCP1 bit3 Bi-directional I/O port/Capture/Compare/PWM I/O. Can be software proTTL/ST grammed for internal weak pull-up. (5) RB4/PGM bit4 Bi-directional I/O port/Low voltage programming input pin. Wake-up from TTL/ST SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. When low voltage programming is enabled, the interrupt on pin change and weak pull-up resistor are disabled. RB5 bit5 TTL Bi-directional I/O port/Wake-up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI bit6 TTL/ST(2) Bi-directional I/O port/Timer1 oscillator output/Timer1 clock input. Wake up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. RB7/T1OSI bit7 TTL/ST(2) Bi-directional I/O port/Timer1 oscillator input. Wake up from SLEEP on pin change. Can be software programmed for internal weak pull-up. Legend: ST = Schmitt Trigger, TTL = TTL input Note 1: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when configured as the external interrupt. Note 2: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in serial programming mode. Note 3: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger I/O when used in USART/synchronous mode. Note 4: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger I/O when used in CCP mode. Note 5: This buffer is a Schmitt Trigger input when used in low voltage program mode.
TABLE 5-4:
Address Name 06h 86h 81h PORTB TRISB
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PORT
Bit 7 RB7 TRISB7 RBPU Bit 6 RB6 TRISB6 INTEDG Bit 5 RB5 Bit 4 RB4 Bit 3 RB3 Bit 2 RB2 Bit 1 RB1 Bit 0 RB0 Value on POR xxxx xxxx Value on All Other Resets uuuu uuuu 1111 1111 1111 1111
TRISB5 TRISB4 TRISB3 TRISB2 TRISB1 TRISB0 1111 1111 T0CS T0SE PSA PS2 PS1 PS0 1111 1111
OPTION
Legend: Note:
u = unchanged, x = unknown Shaded bits are not used by PORTB.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 43
PIC16F62X
5.3
5.3.1
I/O Programming Considerations
BI-DIRECTIONAL I/O PORTS
EXAMPLE 5-2:
READ-MODIFY-WRITE INSTRUCTIONS ON AN I/O PORT
Any instruction which writes, operates internally as a read followed by a write operation. The BCF and BSF instructions, for example, read the register into the CPU, execute the bit operation and write the result back to the register. Caution must be used when these instructions are applied to a port with both inputs and outputs defined. For example, a BSF operation on bit5 of PORTB will cause all eight bits of PORTB to be read into the CPU. Then the BSF operation takes place on bit5 and PORTB is written to the output latches. If another bit of PORTB is used as a bidirectional I/O pin (e.g., bit0) and it is defined as an input at this time, the input signal present on the pin itself would be read into the CPU and re-written to the data latch of this particular pin, overwriting the previous content. As long as the pin stays in the input mode, no problem occurs. However, if bit0 is switched into output mode later on, the content of the data latch may now be unknown. Reading a port register, reads the values of the port pins. Writing to the port register writes the value to the port latch. When using read modify write instructions (ex. BCF, BSF, etc.) on a port, the value of the port pins is read, the desired operation is done to this value, and this value is then written to the port latch. Example 5-2 shows the effect of two sequential read-modify-write instructions (ex., BCF, BSF, etc.) on an I/O port. A pin actively outputting a Low or High should not be driven from external devices at the same time in order to change the level on this pin ("wired-or", "wired-and"). The resulting high output currents may damage the chip.
; Initial PORT settings: PORTB<7:4> Inputs ; ; PORTB<3:0> Outputs ; PORTB<7:6> have external pull-up and are not ; connected to other circuitry ; ; PORT latch PORT pins ; ---------- ---------BDF STATUS,RPO ; BCF PORTB, 7 ; 01pp pppp 11pp pppp BCF PORTB, 6 ; 10pp pppp 11pp pppp BSF STATUS,RP0 ; BCF TRISB, 7 ; 10pp pppp 11pp pppp BCF TRISB, 6 ; 10pp pppp 10pp pppp ; ; Note that the user may have expected the pin ; values to be 00pp pppp. The 2nd BCF caused ; RB7 to be latched as the pin value (High).
5.3.2
SUCCESSIVE OPERATIONS ON I/O PORTS
The actual write to an I/O port happens at the end of an instruction cycle, whereas for reading, the data must be valid at the beginning of the instruction cycle (Figure 5-16). Therefore, care must be exercised if a write followed by a read operation is carried out on the same I/O port. The sequence of instructions should be such to allow the pin voltage to stabilize (load dependent) before the next instruction which causes that file to be read into the CPU is executed. Otherwise, the previous state of that pin may be read into the CPU rather than the new state. When in doubt, it is better to separate these instructions with a NOP or another instruction not accessing this I/O port.
FIGURE 5-16: SUCCESSIVE I/O OPERATION
Q1 Q2
Q3 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q3 Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1 Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Note: This example shows write to PORTB followed by a read from PORTB. Note that: data setup time = (0.25 TCY - TPD) where TCY = instruction cycle and TPD = propagation delay of Q1 cycle to output valid.
PC PC Instruction Instruction fetched fetched RB<7:0> RB <7:0>
PC PC
PC + 1 PC + 1
PC + 2 PC + 2
PC + 3 PC + 3
MOVWF PORTB Write to PORTB Write to PORTB
MOWF PORTB
MOVF PORTB, W Read to PORTB Read PORTB
MOVF PORTB, W
NOP
NOP
NOP NOP
Port pin Port pin sampledhere sampled here TPD Execute Execute MOVWF MOVWF PORTB PORTB Execute Execute MOVWF MOVF PORTB PORTB, W Execute Execute NOP NOP
Therefore, at higher clock frequencies, a write followed by a read may be problematic.
DS40300B-page 44
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
6.0 TIMER0 MODULE
The Timer0 module timer/counter has the following features: * * * * * * 8-bit timer/counter Readable and writable 8-bit software programmable prescaler Internal or external clock select Interrupt on overflow from FFh to 00h Edge select for external clock bit (OPTION<4>). Clearing the T0SE bit selects the rising edge. Restrictions on the external clock input are discussed in detail in Section 6.2. The prescaler is shared between the Timer0 module and the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler assignment is controlled in software by the control bit PSA (OPTION<3>). Clearing the PSA bit will assign the prescaler to Timer0. The prescaler is not readable or writable. When the prescaler is assigned to the Timer0 module, prescale value of 1:2, 1:4, ..., 1:256 are selectable. Section 6.3 details the operation of the prescaler.
Figure 6-1 is a simplified block diagram of the Timer0 module. Timer mode is selected by clearing the T0CS bit (OPTION<5>). In timer mode, the TMR0 will increment every instruction cycle (without prescaler). If Timer0 is written, the increment is inhibited for the following two cycles (Figure 6-2 and Figure 6-3). The user can work around this by writing an adjusted value to TMR0. Counter mode is selected by setting the T0CS bit. In this mode Timer0 will increment either on every rising or falling edge of pin RA4/T0CKI. The incrementing edge is determined by the source edge (T0SE) control
6.1
TIMER0 Interrupt
Timer0 interrupt is generated when the TMR0 register timer/counter overflows from FFh to 00h. This overflow sets the T0IF bit. The interrupt can be masked by clearing the T0IE bit (INTCON<5>). The T0IF bit (INTCON<2>) must be cleared in software by the Timer0 module interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The Timer0 interrupt cannot wake the processor from SLEEP since the timer is shut off during SLEEP. See Figure 6-4 for Timer0 interrupt timing.
FIGURE 6-1:
RA4/T0CKI pin
TIMER0 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data bus FOSC/4 0 1 1 Programmable Prescaler 0 PSout Sync with Internal clocks (2 TCY delay) Set Flag bit T0IF on Overflow TMR0 PSout 8
T0SE PS2:PS0 T0CS Note 1: 2: PSA
Bits T0SE, T0CS, PS2, PS1, PS0 and PSA are located in the OPTION register. The prescaler is shared with Watchdog Timer (Figure 6-6)
FIGURE 6-2:
PC (Program Counter) Instruction Fetch
TIMER0 (TMR0) TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/NO PRESCALER
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC-1 PC MOVWF TMR0 PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 MOVF TMR0,W PC+5 MOVF TMR0,W PC+6
MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
TMR0 Instruction Executed
T0
T0+1
T0+2
NT0
NT0+1
NT0+2
T0
Write TMR0 executed
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1
Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 2
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 45
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 6-3:
PC (Program Counter) Instruction Fetch TMR0 Instruction Execute
T0
TIMER0 TIMING: INTERNAL CLOCK/PRESCALE 1:2
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 PC-1 PC MOVWF TMR0 PC+1 PC+2 PC+3 PC+4 MOVF TMR0,W PC+5 MOVF TMR0,W PC+6
MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W MOVF TMR0,W
T0+1
NT0
NT0+1
Write TMR0 executed
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0
Read TMR0 reads NT0 + 1
FIGURE 6-4:
TIMER0 INTERRUPT TIMING
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
OSC1 CLKOUT(3) TMR0 timer T0IF bit (INTCON<2>) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) Interrupt Latency Time INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed PC Inst (PC) Inst (PC-1) PC +1 Inst (PC+1) Dummy cycle PC +1 0004h Inst (0004h) Dummy cycle 0005h Inst (0005h) Inst (0004h) FEh 1 FFh 1 00h 01h 02h
Inst (PC)
Note 1: T0IF interrupt flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Interrupt latency = 3TCY, where TCY = instruction cycle time. 3: CLKOUT is available only in ER and INTRC (with clockout) oscillator modes.
DS40300B-page 46
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
6.2 Using Timer0 with External Clock
When an external clock input is used for Timer0, it must meet certain requirements. The external clock requirement is due to internal phase clock (TOSC) synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual incrementing of Timer0 after synchronization. 6.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK SYNCHRONIZATION When a prescaler is used, the external clock input is divided by the asynchronous ripple-counter type prescaler so that the prescaler output is symmetrical. For the external clock to meet the sampling requirement, the ripple-counter must be taken into account. Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to have a period of at least 4TOSC (and a small RC delay of 40 ns) divided by the prescaler value. The only requirement on T0CKI high and low time is that they do not violate the minimum pulse width requirement of 10 ns. Refer to parameters 40, 41 and 42 in the electrical specification of the desired device. 6.2.2 TIMER0 INCREMENT DELAY
When no prescaler is used, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of T0CKI with the internal phase clocks is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks (Figure 6-5). Therefore, it is necessary for T0CKI to be high for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of 20 ns) and low for at least 2TOSC (and a small RC delay of 20 ns). Refer to the electrical specification of the desired device.
Since the prescaler output is synchronized with the internal clocks, there is a small delay from the time the external clock edge occurs to the time the TMR0 is actually incremented. Figure 6-5 shows the delay from the external clock edge to the timer incrementing.
FIGURE 6-5:
TIMER0 TIMING WITH EXTERNAL CLOCK
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Small pulse misses sampling
External Clock Input or Prescaler output (2)
(1) (3)
External Clock/Prescaler Output after sampling Increment Timer0 (Q4) Timer0 T0 T0 + 1 T0 + 2
Note 1: 2: 3:
Delay from clock input change to Timer0 increment is 3Tosc to 7Tosc. (Duration of Q = Tosc). Therefore, the error in measuring the interval between two edges on Timer0 input = 4Tosc max. External clock if no prescaler selected, Prescaler output otherwise. The arrows indicate the points in time where sampling occurs.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 47
PIC16F62X
6.3 Prescaler
The PSA and PS2:PS0 bits (OPTION<3:0>) determine the prescaler assignment and prescale ratio. When assigned to the Timer0 module, all instructions writing to the TMR0 register (e.g., CLRF 1, MOVWF 1, BSF 1, x....etc.) will clear the prescaler. When assigned to WDT, a CLRWDT instruction will clear the prescaler along with the Watchdog Timer. The prescaler is not readable or writable. An 8-bit counter is available as a prescaler for the Timer0 module, or as a postscaler for the Watchdog Timer, respectively (Figure 6-6). For simplicity, this counter is being referred to as "prescaler" throughout this data sheet. Note that there is only one prescaler available which is mutually exclusive between the Timer0 module and the Watchdog Timer. Thus, a prescaler assignment for the Timer0 module means that there is no prescaler for the Watchdog Timer, and vice-versa.
FIGURE 6-6:
BLOCK DIAGRAM OF THE TIMER0/WDT PRESCALER
Data Bus 8 1 0 M U X SYNC 2 Cycles TMR0 reg
CLKOUT (=Fosc/4)
0 T0CKI pin 1 T0SE
M U X
T0CS
PSA
Set flag bit T0IF on Overflow
0 M U X
8-bit Prescaler 8 8-to-1MUX PS0 - PS2
Watchdog Timer
1
PSA 0 MUX 1 PSA
WDT Enable bit
WDT Time-out Note: T0SE, T0CS, PSA, PS0-PS2 are bits in the OPTION register.
DS40300B-page 48
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
6.3.1 SWITCHING PRESCALER ASSIGNMENT The prescaler assignment is fully under software control (i.e., it can be changed "on the fly" during program execution). To avoid an unintended device RESET, the following instruction sequence (Example 6-1) must be executed when changing the prescaler assignment from Timer0 to WDT. To change prescaler from the WDT to the TMR0 module use the sequence shown in Example 6-2. This precaution must be taken even if the WDT is disabled.
EXAMPLE 6-2:
CHANGING PRESCALER (WDTTIMER0)
;Clear WDT and ;prescaler
CLRWDT
EXAMPLE 6-1:
1.BCF 2.CLRWDT 3.CLRF 4.BSF 5.MOVLW 6.MOVWF
CHANGING PRESCALER (TIMER0WDT)
;Skip if already in ; Bank 0 ;Clear WDT ;Clear TMR0 & Prescaler ;Bank 1 ;These 3 lines (5, 6, 7) ; are required only if ; desired PS<2:0> are ; 000 or 001 ;Set Postscaler to ; desired WDT rate ;Return to Bank 0
BSF MOVLW
STATUS, RP0 b'xxxx0xxx'
STATUS, RP0
;Select TMR0, new ;prescale value and ;clock source
TMR0 STATUS, RP0 '00101111'b OPTION
MOVWF BCF
OPTION_REG STATUS, RP0
7.CLRWDT 8.MOVLW '00101xxx'b 9.MOVWF OPTION 10.BCF STATUS, RP0
TABLE 6-1:
Address 01h Name TMR0
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER0
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Value on All Other Resets
Timer0 module register GIE RBPU TRISA7 -- INTEDG TRISA6 T0IE T0CS -- INTE T0SE RBIE PSA T0IF PS2 TRISA2 INTF PS1 TRISA1 RBIF PS0
xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu 0000 000x 0000 000u 1111 1111 1111 1111
0Bh/8Bh/ INTCON 10Bh/18Bh 81h 85h OPTION TRISA
TRISA4 TRISA3
TRISA0 11-1 1111 11-1 1111
Legend: -- = Unimplemented locations, read as `0', u = unchanged, x = unknown Note: Shaded bits are not used by TMR0 module.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 49
PIC16F62X
7.0 TIMER1 MODULE
The Timer1 module is a 16-bit timer/counter consisting of two 8-bit registers (TMR1H and TMR1L) which are readable and writable. The TMR1 Register pair (TMR1H:TMR1L) increments from 0000h to FFFFh and rolls over to 0000h. The TMR1 Interrupt, if enabled, is generated on overflow which is latched in interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing TMR1 interrupt enable bit TMR1IE (PIE1<0>). Timer1 can operate in one of two modes: * As a timer * As a counter The operating mode is determined by the clock select bit, TMR1CS (T1CON<1>). In timer mode, Timer1 increments every instruction cycle. In counter mode, it increments on every rising edge of the external clock input. Timer1 can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing control bit TMR1ON (T1CON<0>). Timer1 also has an internal "reset input". This reset can be generated by the CCP module (Section 10.0). Register 7-1 shows the Timer1 control register. For the PIC16F627 and PIC16F628, when the Timer1 oscillator is enabled (T1OSCEN is set), the RB7/T1OSI and RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI pins become inputs. That is, the TRISB<7:6> value is ignored.
REGISTER 7-1: T1CON: TIMER1 CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 10h)
U-0 -- bit7 U-0 -- R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0' - n = Value at POR reset
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON bit0
bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 5-4: T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0: Timer1 Input Clock Prescale Select bits 11 = 1:8 Prescale value 10 = 1:4 Prescale value 01 = 1:2 Prescale value 00 = 1:1 Prescale value bit 3: T1OSCEN: Timer1 Oscillator Enable Control bit 1 = Oscillator is enabled 0 = Oscillator is shut off Note: The oscillator inverter and feedback resistor are turned off to eliminate power drain T1SYNC: Timer1 External Clock Input Synchronization Control bit TMR1CS = 1 1 = Do not synchronize external clock input 0 = Synchronize external clock input TMR1CS = 0 This bit is ignored. Timer1 uses the internal clock when TMR1CS = 0. bit 1: TMR1CS: Timer1 Clock Source Select bit 1 = External clock from pin RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI (on the rising edge) 0 = Internal clock (FOSC/4) TMR1ON: Timer1 On bit 1 = Enables Timer1 0 = Stops Timer1
bit 2:
bit 0:
DS40300B-page 50
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
7.1 Timer1 Operation in Timer Mode
Timer mode is selected by clearing the TMR1CS (T1CON<1>) bit. In this mode, the input clock to the timer is FOSC/4. The synchronize control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) has no effect since the internal clock is always in sync. internal phase clock (Tosc) synchronization. Also, there is a delay in the actual incrementing of TMR1 after synchronization. When the prescaler is 1:1, the external clock input is the same as the prescaler output. The synchronization of T1CKI with the internal phase clocks is accomplished by sampling the prescaler output on the Q2 and Q4 cycles of the internal phase clocks. Therefore, it is necessary for T1CKI to be high for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns) and low for at least 2Tosc (and a small RC delay of 20 ns). Refer to the appropriate electrical specifications, parameters 45, 46, and 47. When a prescaler other than 1:1 is used, the external clock input is divided by the asynchronous ripple-counter type prescaler so that the prescaler output is symmetrical. In order for the external clock to meet the sampling requirement, the ripple-counter must be taken into account. Therefore, it is necessary for T1CKI to have a period of at least 4Tosc (and a small RC delay of 40 ns) divided by the prescaler value. The only requirement on T1CKI high and low time is that they do not violate the minimum pulse width requirements of 10 ns). Refer to the appropriate electrical specifications, parameters 40, 42, 45, 46, and 47.
7.2
Timer1 Operation in Synchronized Counter Mode
Counter mode is selected by setting bit TMR1CS. In this mode the timer increments on every rising edge of clock input on pin RB7/T1OSI when bit T1OSCEN is set or pin RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI when bit T1OSCEN is cleared. If T1SYNC is cleared, then the external clock input is synchronized with internal phase clocks. The synchronization is done after the prescaler stage. The prescaler stage is an asynchronous ripple-counter. In this configuration, during SLEEP mode, Timer1 will not increment even if the external clock is present, since the synchronization circuit is shut off. The prescaler however will continue to increment. 7.2.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT TIMING FOR SYNCHRONIZED COUNTER MODE
When an external clock input is used for Timer1 in synchronized counter mode, it must meet certain requirements. The external clock requirement is due to
FIGURE 7-1:
TIMER1 BLOCK DIAGRAM
Set flag bit TMR1IF on Overflow TMR1H
TMR1 TMR1L
0 1 TMR1ON on/off T1SYNC
Synchronized clock input
T1OSC RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI T1OSCEN FOSC/4 Enable Internal Oscillator(1) Clock 1 Prescaler 1, 2, 4, 8 0 2 T1CKPS1:T1CKPS0 TMR1CS SLEEP input Synchronize det
RB7/T1OSI
Note 1: When the T1OSCEN bit is cleared, the inverter and feedback resistor are turned off. This eliminates power drain.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 51
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 7-2:
T1CKI (Default high)
TIMER1 INCREMENTING EDGE
T1CKI (Default low)
Note: Arrows indicate counter increments.
7.3
Timer1 Operation in Asynchronous Counter Mode
EXAMPLE 7-1:
READING A 16-BIT FREE-RUNNING TIMER
If control bit T1SYNC (T1CON<2>) is set, the external clock input is not synchronized. The timer continues to increment asynchronous to the internal phase clocks. The timer will continue to run during SLEEP and can generate an interrupt on overflow which will wake-up the processor. However, special precautions in software are needed to read/write the timer (Section 7.3.2). In asynchronous counter mode, Timer1 can not be used as a time-base for capture or compare operations. 7.3.1 EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT TIMING WITH UNSYNCHRONIZED CLOCK
; All interrupts MOVF TMR1H, MOVWF TMPH MOVF TMR1L, MOVWF TMPL MOVF TMR1H, SUBWF TMPH, BTFSC GOTO
are disabled W ;Read high byte ; W ;Read low byte ; W ;Read high byte W ;Sub 1st read ; with 2nd read STATUS,Z ;Is result = 0 CONTINUE ;Good 16-bit read
If control bit T1SYNC is set, the timer will increment completely asynchronously. The input clock must meet certain minimum high time and low time requirements. Refer to the appropriate Electrical Specifications Section, timing parameters 45, 46, and 47. 7.3.2 READING AND WRITING TIMER1 IN ASYNCHRONOUS COUNTER MODE
; ; TMR1L may have rolled over between the read ; of the high and low bytes. Reading the high ; and low bytes now will read a good value. ; MOVF TMR1H, W ;Read high byte MOVWF TMPH ; MOVF TMR1L, W ;Read low byte MOVWF TMPL ; ; Re-enable the Interrupt (if required) CONTINUE ;Continue with your code
Reading TMR1H or TMR1L while the timer is running, from an external asynchronous clock, will guarantee a valid read (taken care of in hardware). However, the user should keep in mind that reading the 16-bit timer in two 8-bit values itself poses certain problems since the timer may overflow between the reads. For writes, it is recommended that the user simply stop the timer and write the desired values. A write contention may occur by writing to the timer registers while the register is incrementing. This may produce an unpredictable value in the timer register. Reading the 16-bit value requires some care. Example 7-1 is an example routine to read the 16-bit timer value. This is useful if the timer cannot be stopped.
7.4
Timer1 Oscillator
A crystal oscillator circuit is built in between pins T1OSI (input) and T1OSO (amplifier output). It is enabled by setting control bit T1OSCEN (T1CON<3>). The oscillator is a low power oscillator rated up to 200 kHz. It will continue to run during SLEEP. It is primarily intended for a 32 kHz crystal. Table 7-1 shows the capacitor selection for the Timer1 oscillator. The Timer1 oscillator is identical to the LP oscillator. The user must provide a software time delay to ensure proper oscillator start-up.
TABLE 7-1:
Osc Type LP
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR THE TIMER1 OSCILLATOR
Freq 32 kHz 100 kHz 200 kHz C1 33 pF 15 pF 15 pF C2 33 pF 15 pF 15 pF
These values are for design guidance only.
DS40300B-page 52
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
7.5 Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output 7.6 Resetting of Timer1 Register Pair (TMR1H, TMR1L)
If the CCP1 module is configured in compare mode to generate a "special event trigger" (CCP1M3:CCP1M0 = 1011), this signal will reset Timer1. Note: The special event triggers from the CCP1 module will not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>). TMR1H and TMR1L registers are not reset to 00h on a POR or any other reset except by the CCP1 special event triggers. T1CON register is reset to 00h on a Power-on Reset or a Brown-out Reset, which shuts off the timer and leaves a 1:1 prescale. In all other resets, the register is unaffected.
Timer1 must be configured for either timer or synchronized counter mode to take advantage of this feature. If Timer1 is running in asynchronous counter mode, this reset operation may not work. In the event that a write to Timer1 coincides with a special event trigger from CCP1, the write will take precedence. In this mode of operation, the CCPRxH:CCPRxL registers pair effectively becomes the period register for Timer1.
7.7
Timer1 Prescaler
The prescaler counter is cleared on writes to the TMR1H or TMR1L registers.
TABLE 7-2:
Address Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER1 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7 GIE EEIF EEIE Bit 6 PEIE CMIF CMIE Bit 5 T0IE RCIF RCIE Bit 4 INTE TXIF TXIE Bit 3 RBIE -- -- Bit 2 T0IF CCP1IF CCP1IE Bit 1 INTF TMR2IF TMR2IE Bit 0 RBIF TMR1IF TMR1IE Value on POR Value on all other resets
0Bh/8Bh/ INTCON 10Bh/18Bh 0Ch 8Ch 0Eh 0Fh 10h Legend: PIR1 PIE1 TMR1L TMR1H T1CON
0000 000x 0000 000u 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 -000 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register -- --
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer1 module.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 53
PIC16F62X
8.0 TIMER2 MODULE
8.1 Timer2 Prescaler and Postscaler
Timer2 is an 8-bit timer with a prescaler and a postscaler. It can be used as the PWM time-base for PWM mode of the CCP module. The TMR2 register is readable and writable, and is cleared on any device reset. The input clock (FOSC/4) has a prescale option of 1:1, 1:4 or 1:16, selected by control bits T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0 (T2CON<1:0>). The Timer2 module has an 8-bit period register PR2. Timer2 increments from 00h until it matches PR2 and then resets to 00h on the next increment cycle. PR2 is a readable and writable register. The PR2 register is initialized to FFh upon reset. The match output of TMR2 goes through a 4-bit postscaler (which gives a 1:1 to 1:16 scaling inclusive) to generate a TMR2 interrupt (latched in flag bit TMR2IF, (PIR1<1>)). Timer2 can be shut off by clearing control bit TMR2ON (T2CON<2>) to minimize power consumption. Register 8-1 shows the Timer2 control register. The prescaler and postscaler counters are cleared when any of the following occurs: * a write to the TMR2 register * a write to the T2CON register * any device reset (Power-on Reset, MCLR reset, Watchdog Timer reset, or Brown-out Reset) TMR2 is not cleared when T2CON is written.
8.2
Output of TMR2
The output of TMR2 (before the postscaler) is fed to the Synchronous Serial Port module which optionally uses it to generate shift clock.
FIGURE 8-1:
Sets flag bit TMR2IF
TIMER2 BLOCK DIAGRAM
TMR2 output (1) Reset Prescaler 1:1, 1:4, 1:16 2
TMR2 reg Comparator
FOSC/4
Postscaler 1:1 to 1:16 4
EQ
PR2 reg
Note 1: TMR2 register output can be software selected by the SSP Module as a baud clock.
DS40300B-page 54
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
REGISTER 8-1: T2CON: TIMER2 CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 12h)
U-0 -- bit7 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 R/W-0 bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0' - n = Value at POR reset
TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON
T2CKPS1 T2CKPS0
bit 7: bit 6-3:
Unimplemented: Read as '0' TOUTPS3:TOUTPS0: Timer2 Output Postscale Select bits 0000 = 1:1 Postscale 0001 = 1:2 Postscale * * * 1111 = 1:16 Postscale TMR2ON: Timer2 On bit 1 = Timer2 is on 0 = Timer2 is off T2CKPS1:T2CKPS0: Timer2 Clock Prescale Select bits 00 = Prescaler is 1 01 = Prescaler is 4 1x = Prescaler is 16
bit 2:
bit 1-0:
TABLE 8-1:
Address Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH TIMER2 AS A TIMER/COUNTER
Bit 7 GIE EEIF EEIE Bit 6 PEIE CMIF CMIE Bit 5 T0IE RCIF RCIE Bit 4 INTE TXIF TXIE Bit 3 RBIE -- -- Bit 2 T0IF CCP1IF CCP1IE Bit 1 INTF TMR2IF TMR2IE Bit 0 RBIF TMR1IF TMR1IE Value on POR Value on all other resets
0Bh/8Bh/ INTCON 10Bh/18Bh 0Ch 8Ch 11h 12h 92h Legend: PIR1 PIE1 TMR2 T2CON PR2
0000 000x 0000 000u 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 -000 0000 0000 0000 0000
Timer2 module's register -- TOUTPS3 TOUTPS2 TOUTPS1 TOUTPS0 TMR2ON T2CKPS1
T2CKPS0 -000 0000 -000 0000 1111 1111 1111 1111
Timer2 Period Register
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the Timer2 module.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 55
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 56
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
9.0 COMPARATOR MODULE
The comparator module contains two analog comparators. The inputs to the comparators are multiplexed with the RA0 through RA3 pins. The on-chip Voltage Reference (Section 11.0) can also be an input to the comparators. The CMCON register, shown in Register 9-1, controls the comparator input and output multiplexers. A block diagram of the comparator is shown in Figure 9-1.
REGISTER 9-1:
R-0 C2OUT bit7 R-0 C1OUT
CMCON REGISTER (ADDRESS 01Fh)
R/W-0 C2INV R/W-0 C1INV R/W-0 CIS R/W-0 CM2 R/W-0 CM1 R/W-0 CM0 bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:
C2OUT: Comparator 2 output When C2INV=0; 1 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN- 0 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN- When C2INV=1; 0 = C2 VIN+ > C2 VIN- 1 = C2 VIN+ < C2 VIN-
bit 6:
C1OUT: Comparator 1 output When C1INV=0; 1 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN- 0 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN- When C1INV=1; 0 = C1 VIN+ > C1 VIN- 1 = C1 VIN+ < C1 VIN-
bit 5:
C2INV: Comparator 2 output inversion 1 = C2 Output inverted 0 = C2 Output not inverted C1INV: Comparator 1 output inversion 1 = C1 Output inverted 0 = C1 Output not inverted CIS: Comparator Input Switch When CM2:CM0: = 001: Then: 1 = C1 VIN- connects to RA3 0 = C1 VIN- connects to RA0 When CM2:CM0 = 010: Then: 1 = C1 VIN- connects to RA3 C2 VIN- connects to RA2 0 = C1 VIN- connects to RA0 C2 VIN- connects to RA1
bit 4:
bit 3:
bit 2-0: CM2:CM0: Comparator mode Figure 9-1 shows the comparator modes and CM2:CM0 bit settings.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 57
PIC16F62X
9.1 Comparator Configuration
There are eight modes of operation for the comparators. The CMCON register is used to select the mode. Figure 9-1 shows the eight possible modes. The TRISA register controls the data direction of the comparator pins for each mode. If the comparator mode is changed, the comparator output level may not be valid for the specified mode change delay shown in Table 12-2. Note: Comparator interrupts should be disabled during a comparator mode change otherwise a false interrupt may occur.
FIGURE 9-1:
COMPARATOR I/O OPERATING MODES
Comparators Off CM2:CM0 = 111 RA0/AN0 C1 Off (Read as '0') RA3/AN3/C10 D D VinVin+ C1 Off (Read as '0')
Comparators Reset (POR Default Value) CM2:CM0 = 000 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 A A VinVin+
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
A A
VinVin+ C2 Off (Read as '0')
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
D D
VinVin+ C2 Off (Read as '0')
Two Independent Comparators CM2:CM0 = 100 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 A A VinVin+ C1 C1OUT
Four Inputs Multiplexed to Two Comparators CM2:CM0 = 010 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 RA1/AN1 A A A A CIS = 0 CIS = 1 VinVin+ C2 C2OUT CIS = 0 CIS = 1 VinVin+ C1 C1OUT
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
A A
VinVin+ C2 C2OUT
RA2/AN2
From Vref Module Two Common Reference Comparators CM2:CM0 = 011 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 A D VinVin+ C1 C1OUT Two Common Reference Comparators with Outputs CM2:CM0 = 110 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 A D VinVin+ C1 C1OUT
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
A A
VinVin+ C2 C2OUT
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2 RA4/T0CKI/C20
A A
VinVin+ C2 C2OUT
Open Drain
One Independent Comparator CM2:CM0 = 101 RA0/AN0 RA3/AN3/C10 D D VinVin+ C1 Off (Read as '0')
Three Inputs Multiplexed to Two Comparators CM2:CM0 = 001 RA0/AN0 A CIS = 0 CIS = 1 VinVin+ VinVin+ C2 C2OUT C1 C1OUT
RA3/AN3/C10 A
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
A A
VinVin+ C2 C2OUT
RA1/AN1 RA2/AN2
A A
A = Analog Input, port reads zeros always. D = Digital Input. CIS (CMCON<3>) is the Comparator Input Switch.
DS40300B-page 58
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
The code example in Example 9-1 depicts the steps required to configure the comparator module. RA3 and RA4 are configured as digital output. RA0 and RA1 are configured as the V- inputs and RA2 as the V+ input to both comparators.
9.3
Comparator Reference
EXAMPLE 9-1:
FLAG_REG CLRF CLRF MOVF ANDLW IORWF MOVLW MOVWF BSF MOVLW MOVWF EQU FLAG_REG PORTA CMCON, W 0xC0 FLAG_REG,F 0x03 CMCON STATUS,RP0 0x07 TRISA
INITIALIZING COMPARATOR MODULE
An external or internal reference signal may be used depending on the comparator operating mode. The analog signal that is present at VIN- is compared to the signal at VIN+, and the digital output of the comparator is adjusted accordingly (Figure 9-2).
FIGURE 9-2:
SINGLE COMPARATOR
BCF CALL MOVF BCF BSF BSF BCF BSF BSF
0X20 ;Init flag register ;Init PORTA ;Load comparator bits ;Mask comparator bits ;Store bits in flag register ;Init comparator mode ;CM<2:0> = 011 ;Select Bank1 ;Initialize data direction ;Set RA<2:0> as inputs ;RA<4:3> as outputs ;TRISA<7:5> always read `0' STATUS,RP0 ;Select Bank 0 DELAY 10 ;10s delay CMCON,F ;Read CMCON to end change condition PIR1,CMIF ;Clear pending interrupts STATUS,RP0 ;Select Bank 1 PIE1,CMIE ;Enable comparator interrupts STATUS,RP0 ;Select Bank 0 INTCON,PEIE ;Enable peripheral interrupts INTCON,GIE ;Global interrupt enable
VIN+ VIN-
+ -
Output
VIN- VIN+
Output
9.2
Comparator Operation
9.3.1
EXTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
A single comparator is shown in Figure 9-2 along with the relationship between the analog input levels and the digital output. When the analog input at VIN+ is less than the analog input VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital low level. When the analog input at VIN+ is greater than the analog input VIN-, the output of the comparator is a digital high level. The shaded areas of the output of the comparator in Figure 9-2 represent the uncertainty due to input offsets and response time.
When external voltage references are used, the comparator module can be configured to have the comparators operate from the same or different reference sources. However, threshold detector applications may require the same reference. The reference signal must be between VSS and VDD, and can be applied to either pin of the comparator(s). 9.3.2 INTERNAL REFERENCE SIGNAL
The comparator module also allows the selection of an internally generated voltage reference for the comparators. Section 13, Instruction Sets, contains a detailed description of the Voltage Reference Module that provides this signal. The internal reference signal is used when the comparators are in mode CM<2:0>=010 (Figure 9-1). In this mode, the internal voltage reference is applied to the VIN+ pin of both comparators.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 59
PIC16F62X
9.4 Comparator Response Time 9.5 Comparator Outputs
Response time is the minimum time, after selecting a new reference voltage or input source, before the comparator output is guaranteed to have a valid level. If the internal reference is changed, the maximum delay of the internal voltage reference must be considered when using the comparator outputs. Otherwise the maximum delay of the comparators should be used (Table 12-2 ). The comparator outputs are read through the CMCON register. These bits are read only. The comparator outputs may also be directly output to the RA3 and RA4 I/O pins. When the CM<2:0> = 110 or 001, multiplexors in the output path of the RA3 and RA4/T0CK1 pins will switch and the output of each pin will be the unsynchronized output of the comparator. The uncertainty of each of the comparators is related to the input offset voltage and the response time given in the specifications. Figure 9-3 shows the comparator output block diagram. The TRISA bits will still function as an output enable/disable for the RA3 and RA4/T0CK1 pins while in this mode. Note 1: When reading the PORT register, all pins configured as analog inputs will read as a `0'. Pins configured as digital inputs will convert an analog input according to the Schmitt Trigger input specification. 2: Analog levels on any pin that is defined as a digital input may cause the input buffer to consume more current than is specified.
FIGURE 9-3:
MODIFIED COMPARATOR OUTPUT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Port Pins
MULTIPLEX
CnINV
To RA3 or RA4/T0CK1 pin To Data Bus Q D
EN RD CMCON
Q1
Set CMIF bit
Q
D EN CL Q3 * RD CMCON
From other Comparator
NRESET
DS40300B-page 60
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
9.6 Comparator Interrupts
The comparator interrupt flag is set whenever there is a change in the output value of either comparator. Software will need to maintain information about the status of the output bits, as read from CMCON<7:6>, to determine the actual change that has occurred. The CMIF bit, PIR1<6>, is the comparator interrupt flag. The CMIF bit must be reset by clearing `0'. Since it is also possible to write a '1' to this register, a simulated interrupt may be initiated. The CMIE bit (PIE1<6>) and the PEIE bit (INTCON<6>) must be set to enable the interrupt. In addition, the GIE bit must also be set. If any of these bits are clear, the interrupt is not enabled, though the CMIF bit will still be set if an interrupt condition occurs. Note: If a change in the CMCON register (C1OUT or C2OUT) should occur when a read operation is being executed (start of the Q2 cycle), then the CMIF (PIR1<6>) interrupt flag may not get set. wake up the device from SLEEP mode when enabled. While the comparator is powered-up, higher sleep currents than shown in the power down current specification will occur. Each comparator that is operational will consume additional current as shown in the comparator specifications. To minimize power consumption while in SLEEP mode, turn off the comparators, CM<2:0> = 111, before entering sleep. If the device wakes-up from sleep, the contents of the CMCON register are not affected.
9.8
Effects of a RESET
A device reset forces the CMCON register to its reset state. This forces the comparator module to be in the comparator reset mode, CM2:CM0 = 000. This ensures that all potential inputs are analog inputs. Device current is minimized when analog inputs are present at reset time. The comparators will be powered-down during the reset interval.
9.9
The user, in the interrupt service routine, can clear the interrupt in the following manner: a) b) Any read or write of CMCON. This will end the mismatch condition. Clear flag bit CMIF.
Analog Input Connection Considerations
A mismatch condition will continue to set flag bit CMIF. Reading CMCON will end the mismatch condition, and allow flag bit CMIF to be cleared.
9.7
Comparator Operation During SLEEP
When a comparator is active and the device is placed in SLEEP mode, the comparator remains active and the interrupt is functional if enabled. This interrupt will
A simplified circuit for an analog input is shown in Figure 9-4. Since the analog pins are connected to a digital output, they have reverse biased diodes to VDD and VSS. The analog input therefore, must be between VSS and VDD. If the input voltage deviates from this range by more than 0.6V in either direction, one of the diodes is forward biased and a latch-up may occur. A maximum source impedance of 10 k is recommended for the analog sources. Any external component connected to an analog input pin, such as a capacitor or a Zener diode, should have very little leakage current.
FIGURE 9-4:
ANALOG INPUT MODEL
VDD RS < 10K AIN VA CPIN 5 pF VT = 0.6V ILEAKAGE 500 nA VT = 0.6V RIC
VSS Legend CPIN VT ILEAKAGE RIC RS VA = Input Capacitance = Threshold Voltage = Leakage Current At The Pin Due To Various Junctions = Interconnect Resistance = Source Impedance = Analog Voltage
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 61
PIC16F62X
TABLE 9-1:
Address 1Fh 9Fh Name CMCON VRCON
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH COMPARATOR MODULE
Bit 7 C2OUT VREN GIE EEIF EEIE Bit 6 C1OUT VROE PEIE CMIF CMIE Bit 5 C2INV VRR T0IE RCIF RCIE -- Bit 4 C1NV -- INTE TXIF TXIE TRISA4 Bit 3 CIS VR3 RBIE -- -- TRISA3 Bit 2 CM2 VR2 T0IF Bit 1 CM1 VR1 INTF Bit 0 CM0 VR0 RBIF Value on POR Value on All Other Resets
0000 0000 0000 0000 000- 0000 000- 0000 0000 000x 0000 000u
0Bh/8Bh/ INTCON 10Bh/18Bh 0Ch 8Ch 85h PIR1 PIE1 TRISA
CCP1IF TMR2IF TMR1IF 0000 -000 0000 -000 CCP1IE TMR2IE TMR1IE 0000 -000 0000 -000 TRISA2 TRISA1 TRISA0 11-1 1111 11-1 1111
TRISA7 TRISA6
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented, read as "0"
DS40300B-page 62
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
10.0 CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM (CCP) MODULE
Additional information on the CCP module is available in the PICmicroTM Mid-Range Reference Manual, (DS33023).
The CCP (Capture/Compare/PWM) module contains a 16-bit register which can operate as a 16-bit capture register, as a 16-bit compare register or as a PWM master/slave Duty Cycle register. Table 10-1 shows the timer resources of the CCP module modes. CCP1 Module Capture/Compare/PWM Register1 (CCPR1) is comprised of two 8-bit registers: CCPR1L (low byte) and CCPR1H (high byte). The CCP1CON register controls the operation of CCP1. All are readable and writable.
TABLE 10-1
CCP MODE - TIMER RESOURCE
Timer Resource
Timer1 Timer1 Timer2
CCP Mode
Capture Compare PWM
REGISTER 10-1: CCP1CON REGISTER (ADDRESS 17h)
U-0 --
U-0 --
R/W-0 CCP1X
R/W-0 CCP1Y
R/W-0 CCP1M3
R/W-0 CCP1M2
R/W-0 CCP1M1
R/W-0 CCP1M0
bit7
bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7-6: Unimplemented: Read as '0' bit 5-4: CCP1X:CCP1Y: PWM Least Significant bits Capture Mode: Unused Compare Mode: Unused PWM Mode: These bits are the two LSbs of the PWM duty cycle. The eight MSbs are found in CCPRxL. bit 3-0: CCP1M3:CCP1M0: CCPx Mode Select bits 0000 = Capture/Compare/PWM off (resets CCP1 module) 0100 = Capture mode, every falling edge 0101 = Capture mode, every rising edge 0110 = Capture mode, every 4th rising edge 0111 = Capture mode, every 16th rising edge 1000 = Compare mode, set output on match (CCP1IF bit is set) 1001 = Compare mode, clear output on match (CCP1IF bit is set) 1010 = Compare mode, generate software interrupt on match (CCP1IF bit is set, CCP1 pin is unaffected) 1011 = Compare mode, trigger special event (CCP1IF bit is set; CCP1 resets TMR1 11xx = PWM mode
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 63
PIC16F62X
10.1 Capture Mode
10.1.4 CCP PRESCALER In Capture mode, CCPR1H:CCPR1L captures the 16-bit value of the TMR1 register when an event occurs on pin RB3/CCP1. An event is defined as: * * * * every falling edge every rising edge every 4th rising edge every 16th rising edge There are four prescaler settings, specified by bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0. Whenever the CCP module is turned off, or the CCP module is not in capture mode, the prescaler counter is cleared. This means that any reset will clear the prescaler counter. Switching from one capture prescaler to another may generate an interrupt. Also, the prescaler counter will not be cleared, therefore the first capture may be from a non-zero prescaler. Example 10-1 shows the recommended method for switching between capture prescalers. This example also clears the prescaler counter and will not generate the "false" interrupt.
An event is selected by control bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0 (CCP1CON<3:0>). When a capture is made, the interrupt request flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) is set. It must be cleared in software. If another capture occurs before the value in register CCPR1 is read, the old captured value will be lost. 10.1.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION
EXAMPLE 10-1: CHANGING BETWEEN CAPTURE PRESCALERS
CLRF MOVLW CCP1CON NEW_CAPT_PS ;Turn CCP module off ;Load the W reg with ; the new prescaler ; mode value and CCP ON ;Load CCP1CON with this ; value
In Capture mode, the RB3/CCP1 pin should be configured as an input by setting the TRISB<3> bit. Note: If the RB3/CCP1 is configured as an output, a write to the port can cause a capture condition.
MOVWF
CCP1CON
FIGURE 10-1: CAPTURE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Prescaler 1, 4, 16 RB3/CCP1 Pin and edge detect Set flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>)
CCPR1H Capture Enable TMR1H CCP1CON<3:0> Q's
CCPR1L
TMR1L
10.1.2
TIMER1 MODE SELECTION
Timer1 must be running in timer mode or synchronized counter mode for the CCP module to use the capture feature. In asynchronous counter mode, the capture operation may not work. 10.1.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT
When the Capture mode is changed, a false capture interrupt may be generated. The user should keep bit CCP1IE (PIE1<2>) clear to avoid false interrupts and should clear the flag bit CCP1IF following any such change in operating mode.
DS40300B-page 64
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
10.2 Compare Mode
10.2.1 CCP PIN CONFIGURATION In Compare mode, the 16-bit CCPR1 register value is constantly compared against the TMR1 register pair value. When a match occurs, the RB3/CCP1 pin is: * driven High * driven Low * remains Unchanged The action on the pin is based on the value of control bits CCP1M3:CCP1M0 (CCP1CON<3:0>). At the same time, interrupt flag bit CCP1IF is set. The user must configure the RB3/CCP1 pin as an output by clearing the TRISB<3> bit. Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the RB3/CCP1 compare output latch to the default low level. This is not the data latch. TIMER1 MODE SELECTION
10.2.2
FIGURE 10-2: COMPARE MODE OPERATION BLOCK DIAGRAM
Special event trigger will reset Timer1, but not set interrupt flag bit TMR1IF (PIR1<0>)
Timer1 must be running in Timer mode or Synchronized Counter mode if the CCP module is using the compare feature. In Asynchronous Counter mode, the compare operation may not work. 10.2.3 SOFTWARE INTERRUPT MODE
When generate software interrupt is chosen the CCP1 pin is not affected. Only a CCP interrupt is generated (if enabled). 10.2.4 SPECIAL EVENT TRIGGER
Special Event Trigger (CCP2 only) Set flag bit CCP1IF (PIR1<2>) CCPR1H CCPR1L Output Logic match RB3/CCP1 R Pin TRISB<3> Output Enable CCP1CON<3:0> Mode Select Q S Comparator TMR1H TMR1L
In this mode, an internal hardware trigger is generated which may be used to initiate an action. The special event trigger output of CCP1 resets the TMR1 register pair. This allows the CCPR1 register to effectively be a 16-bit programmable period register for Timer1.
TABLE 10-2
Address 0Bh/8Bh/1 0Bh/18Bh 0Ch 8Ch 87h 0Eh 0Fh 10h 15h 16h 17h Legend:
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH CAPTURE, COMPARE, AND TIMER1
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR Value on all other resets
INTCON PIR1 PIE1 TRISB TMR1L TMR1H T1CON CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON
GIE EEIF EEIE
PEIE CMIF CMIF
T0IE RCIF RCIE
INTE TXIF TXIE
RBIE -- --
T0IF CCP1IF CCP1IE
INTF TMR2IF TMR2IE
RBIF
0000 000x 0000 000u
TMR1IF 0000 -000 0000 -000 TMR1IE 0000 -000 0000 -000 1111 1111 1111 1111 xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
PORTB Data Direction Register Holding register for the Least Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1 register Holding register for the Most Significant Byte of the 16-bit TMR1register -- --
T1CKPS1 T1CKPS0 T1OSCEN T1SYNC TMR1CS TMR1ON --00 0000 --uu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu xxxx xxxx uuuu uuuu
Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (LSB) Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (MSB) -- -- CCP1X CCP1Y
CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000 --00 0000
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by Capture and Timer1.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 65
PIC16F62X
10.3 PWM Mode
10.3.1 PWM PERIOD In Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) mode, the CCP1 pin produces up to a 10-bit resolution PWM output. Since the CCP1 pin is multiplexed with the PORTC data latch, the TRISB<3> bit must be cleared to make the CCP1 pin an output. Note: Clearing the CCP1CON register will force the CCP1 PWM output latch to the default low level. This is not the PORTB I/O data latch. The PWM period is specified by writing to the PR2 register. The PWM period can be calculated using the following formula: PWM period = [(PR2) + 1] * 4 * TOSC * (TMR2 prescale value) PWM frequency is defined as 1 / [PWM period]. When TMR2 is equal to PR2, the following three events occur on the next increment cycle: * TMR2 is cleared * The CCP1 pin is set (exception: if PWM duty cycle = 0%, the CCP1 pin will not be set) * The PWM duty cycle is latched from CCPR1L into CCPR1H Note: The Timer2 postscaler (see Section 8.0) is not used in the determination of the PWM frequency. The postscaler could be used to have a servo update rate at a different frequency than the PWM output. PWM DUTY CYCLE
Figure 10-3 shows a simplified block diagram of the CCP module in PWM mode. For a step by step procedure on how to set up the CCP module for PWM operation, see Section 10.3.3.
FIGURE 10-3: SIMPLIFIED PWM BLOCK DIAGRAM
Duty cycle registers CCPR1L CCP1CON<5:4>
10.3.2
CCPR1H (Slave)
Comparator
R
Q RB3/CCP1
TMR2
(Note 1) S TRISB<3> Clear Timer, CCP1 pin and latch D.C.
The PWM duty cycle is specified by writing to the CCPR1L register and to the CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Up to 10-bit resolution is available: the CCPR1L contains the eight MSbs and the CCP1CON<5:4> contains the two LSbs. This 10-bit value is represented by CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>. The following equation is used to calculate the PWM duty cycle in time: PWM duty cycle = (CCPR1L:CCP1CON<5:4>) * Tosc * (TMR2 prescale value) CCPR1L and CCP1CON<5:4> can be written to at any time, but the duty cycle value is not latched into CCPR1H until after a match between PR2 and TMR2 occurs (i.e., the period is complete). In PWM mode, CCPR1H is a read-only register. The CCPR1H register and a 2-bit internal latch are used to double buffer the PWM duty cycle. This double buffering is essential for glitchless PWM operation. When the CCPR1H and 2-bit latch match TMR2 concatenated with an internal 2-bit Q clock or 2 bits of the TMR2 prescaler, the CCP1 pin is cleared. Maximum PWM resolution (bits) for a given PWM frequency:
log =
Comparator
PR2
Note 1: 8-bit timer is concatenated with 2-bit internal Q clock or 2 bits of the prescaler to create 10-bit time-base.
A PWM output (Figure 10-4) has a time base (period) and a time that the output stays high (duty cycle). The frequency of the PWM is the inverse of the period (1/period).
FIGURE 10-4: PWM OUTPUT
Period
(
Fosc Fpwm
)
bits
Duty Cycle TMR2 = PR2 TMR2 = Duty Cycle TMR2 = PR2
log (2)
Note:
If the PWM duty cycle value is longer than the PWM period the CCP1 pin will not be cleared.
For an example PWM period and duty cycle calculation, see the PICmicroTM Mid-Range Reference Manual (DS33023).
DS40300B-page 66
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
10.3.3 SET-UP FOR PWM OPERATION The following steps should be taken when configuring the CCP module for PWM operation: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Set the PWM period by writing to the PR2 register. Set the PWM duty cycle by writing to the CCPR1L register and CCP1CON<5:4> bits. Make the CCP1 pin an output by clearing the TRISB<3> bit. Set the TMR2 prescale value and enable Timer2 by writing to T2CON. Configure the CCP1 module for PWM operation.
TABLE 10-3
EXAMPLE PWM FREQUENCIES AND RESOLUTIONS AT 20 MHz
PWM Frequency 1.22 kHz 4.88 kHz 19.53 kHz 78.12 kHz 156.3 kHz 208.3 kHz 16 0xFF 10 4 0xFF 10 1 0xFF 10 1 0x3F 8 1 0x1F 7 1 0x17 5.5
Timer Prescaler (1, 4, 16) PR2 Value Maximum Resolution (bits)
TABLE 10-4
Address
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH PWM AND TIMER2
Name Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on POR
0000 000x
Value on all other resets
0000 000u
0Bh/8Bh/ 10Bh/18Bh 0Ch 8Ch 87h 11h 92h 12h 15h 16h 17h Legend:
INTCON PIR1 PIE1 TRISB TMR2 PR2 T2CON CCPR1L CCPR1H CCP1CON
GIE EEIF EEIE
PEIE CMIF CMIE
T0IE RCIF RCIE
INTE TXIF TXIE
RBIE -- --
T0IF CCP1IF CCP1IE
INTF TMR2IF TMR2IE
RBIF TMR1IF TMR1IE
0000 -000 0000 -000 1111 1111 0000 0000 1111 1111 -000 0000
0000 -000 0000 -000 1111 1111 0000 0000 1111 1111 uuuu uuuu
PORTB Data Direction Register Timer2 module's register Timer2 module's period register -- TOUTPS TOUTPS TOUTPS TOUTPS TMR2ON T2CKPS T2CKPS 3 2 1 0 1 0
Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (LSB) Capture/Compare/PWM register1 (MSB) -- -- CCP1X CCP1Y
xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx
uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu --00 0000
CCP1M3 CCP1M2 CCP1M1 CCP1M0 --00 0000
x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by PWM and Timer2.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 67
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 68
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
11.0 VOLTAGE REFERENCE MODULE
11.1 Configuring the Voltage Reference
The Voltage Reference can output 16 distinct voltage levels for each range. The equations used to calculate the output of the Voltage Reference are as follows: if VRR = 1: VREF = (VR<3:0>/24) x VDD if VRR = 0: VREF = (VDD x 1/4) + (VR<3:0>/32) x VDD The setting time of the Voltage Reference must be considered when changing the VREF output (Table 12-2). Example 11-1 shows an example of how to configure the Voltage Reference for an output voltage of 1.25V with VDD = 5.0V.
The Voltage Reference is a 16-tap resistor ladder network that provides a selectable voltage reference. The resistor ladder is segmented to provide two ranges of VREF values and has a power-down function to conserve power when the reference is not being used. The VRCON register controls the operation of the reference as shown in Figure 11-1. The block diagram is given in Figure 11-2.
FIGURE 11-1:
R/W-0 VREN bit7
VRCON REGISTER(ADDRESS 9Fh)
R/W-0 VRR U-0 -- R/W-0 VR3 R/W-0 VR2 R/W-0 VR1 R/W-0 VR0 bit0
R/W-0 VROE
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:
VREN: VREF Enable 1 = VREF circuit powered on 0 = VREF circuit powered down, no IDD drain VROE: VREF Output Enable 1 = VREF is output on RA2 pin 0 = VREF is disconnected from RA2 pin VRR: VREF Range selection 1 = Low Range 0 = High Range Unimplemented: Read as '0'
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3-0: VR<3:0>: VREF value selection 0 VR [3:0] 15 when VRR = 1: VREF = (VR<3:0>/ 24) * VDD when VRR = 0: VREF = 1/4 * VDD + (VR<3:0>/ 32) * VDD
FIGURE 11-2: VOLTAGE REFERENCE BLOCK DIAGRAM
16 Stages VREN 8R R R R R
8R
VRR
VR3 VREF 16-1 Analog Mux VR0 (From VRCON<3:0>)
Note:
R is defined in Table 12-3.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 69
PIC16F62X
EXAMPLE 11-1: VOLTAGE REFERENCE CONFIGURATION
MOVLW MOVWF BSF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BCF CALL 0x02 CMCON STATUS,RP0 0x07 TRISA 0xA6 VRCON STATUS,RP0 DELAY10 ; 4 Inputs Muxed ; to 2 comps. ; go to Bank 1 ; RA3-RA0 are ; outputs ; enable VREF ; low range ; set VR<3:0>=6 ; go to Bank 0 ; 10s delay
11.4
Effects of a Reset
A device reset disables the Voltage Reference by clearing bit VREN (VRCON<7>). This reset also disconnects the reference from the RA2 pin by clearing bit VROE (VRCON<6>) and selects the high voltage range by clearing bit VRR (VRCON<5>). The VREF value select bits, VRCON<3:0>, are also cleared.
11.5
Connection Considerations
11.2
Voltage Reference Accuracy/Error
The full range of VSS to VDD cannot be realized due to the construction of the module. The transistors on the top and bottom of the resistor ladder network (Figure 11-2) keep VREF from approaching VSS or VDD. The Voltage Reference is VDD derived and therefore, the VREF output changes with fluctuations in VDD. The tested absolute accuracy of the Voltage Reference can be found in Table 17-2.
The Voltage Reference Module operates independently of the comparator module. The output of the reference generator may be connected to the RA2 pin if the TRISA<2> bit is set and the VROE bit, VRCON<6>, is set. Enabling the Voltage Reference output onto the RA2 pin with an input signal present will increase current consumption. Connecting RA2 as a digital output with VREF enabled will also increase current consumption. The RA2 pin can be used as a simple D/A output with limited drive capability. Due to the limited drive capability, a buffer must be used in conjunction with the Voltage Reference output for external connections to VREF. Figure 11-3 shows an example buffering technique.
11.3
Operation During Sleep
When the device wakes up from sleep through an interrupt or a Watchdog Timer time-out, the contents of the VRCON register are not affected. To minimize current consumption in SLEEP mode, the Voltage Reference should be disabled.
FIGURE 11-3: VOLTAGE REFERENCE OUTPUT BUFFER EXAMPLE
VREF
Module
R(1)
RA2
*
Voltage Reference Output Impedance
+ -
*
VREF Output
Note 1: R is dependent upon the Voltage Reference Configuration VRCON<3:0> and VRCON<5>.
TABLE 11-1:
Address 9Fh 1Fh 85h Name
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH VOLTAGE REFERENCE
Bit 7 VREN Bit 6 VROE Bit 5 VRR C2INV
--
Bit 4 -- C1INV TRISA4
Bit 3 VR3 CIS TRISA3
Bit 2 VR2 CM2 TRISA2
Bit 1 VR1 CM1 TRISA1
Bit 0 VR0 CM0 TRISA0
Value On POR 000- 0000 0000 0000 11-1 1111
Value On All Other Resets 000- 0000 0000 0000 11-1 1111
VRCON CMCON TRISA
C2OUT C1OUT TRISA7 TRISA6
Note:
- = Unimplemented, read as "0"
DS40300B-page 70
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
12.0 UNIVERSAL SYNCHRONOUS ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER TRANSMITTER (USART)
as a half duplex synchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices such as A/D or D/A integrated circuits, Serial EEPROMs etc. The USART can be configured in the following modes: * Asynchronous (full duplex) * Synchronous - Master (half duplex) * Synchronous - Slave (half duplex) Bit SPEN (RCSTA<7>), and bits TRISB<2:1>, have to be set in order to configure pins RB2/TX/CK and RB1/RX/DT as the Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter.
The Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) module is one of the two serial I/O modules. (USART is also known as a Serial Communications Interface or SCI). The USART can be configured as a full duplex asynchronous system that can communicate with peripheral devices such as CRT terminals and personal computers, or it can be configured
REGISTER 12-1: TXSTA: TRANSMIT STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 98h)
R/W-0 CSRC bit7 R/W-0 TX9 R/W-0 TXEN R/W-0 SYNC U-0 -- R/W-0 BRGH R-1 TRMT R/W-0 TX9D bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:
CSRC: Clock Source Select bit Asynchronous mode Don't care Synchronous mode 1 = Master mode (Clock generated internally from BRG) 0 = Slave mode (Clock from external source)
bit 6:
TX9: 9-bit Transmit Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit transmission 0 = Selects 8-bit transmission TXEN: Transmit Enable bit 1 = Transmit enabled 0 = Transmit disabled Note: SREN/CREN overrides TXEN in SYNC mode. SYNC: USART Mode Select bit 1 = Synchronous mode 0 = Asynchronous mode Unimplemented: Read as '0' BRGH: High Baud Rate Select bit Asynchronous mode 1 = High speed 0 = Low speed Synchronous mode Unused in this mode
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3: bit 2:
bit 1:
TRMT: Transmit Shift Register Status bit 1 = TSR empty 0 = TSR full TX9D: 9th bit of transmit data. Can be parity bit.
bit 0:
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 71
PIC16F62X
REGISTER 12-2: RCSTA: RECEIVE STATUS AND CONTROL REGISTER (ADDRESS 18h)
R/W-0 SPEN bit7 R/W-0 RX9 R/W-0 SREN R/W-0 CREN R/W-0 ADEN R-0 FERR R-0 OERR R-x RX9D bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as '0' -n = Value at POR reset x = unknown
bit 7:
SPEN: Serial Port Enable bit (Configures RB1/RX/DT and RB2/TX/CK pins as serial port pins when bits TRISB<2:17> are set) 1 = Serial port enabled 0 = Serial port disabled RX9: 9-bit Receive Enable bit 1 = Selects 9-bit reception 0 = Selects 8-bit reception SREN: Single Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: Don't care Synchronous mode - master: 1 = Enables single receive 0 = Disables single receive This bit is cleared after reception is complete. Synchronous mode - slave: Unused in this mode CREN: Continuous Receive Enable bit Asynchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive 0 = Disables continuous receive Synchronous mode: 1 = Enables continuous receive until enable bit CREN is cleared (CREN overrides SREN) 0 = Disables continuous receive ADEN: Address Detect Enable bit Asynchronous mode 9-bit (RX9 = 1): 1 = Enables address detection, enable interrupt and load of the receive buffer when RSR<8> is set 0 = Disables address detection, all bytes are received, and ninth bit can be used as parity bit Asynchronous mode 8-bit (RX9=0): Unused in this mode Synchronous mode Unused in this mode FERR: Framing Error bit 1 = Framing error (Can be updated by reading RCREG register and receive next valid byte) 0 = No framing error OERR: Overrun Error bit 1 = Overrun error (Can be cleared by clearing bit CREN) 0 = No overrun error RX9D: 9th bit of received data (Can be parity bit)
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 4:
bit 3:
bit 2:
bit 1:
bit 0:
DS40300B-page 72
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
12.1 USART Baud Rate Generator (BRG)
The BRG supports both the Asynchronous and Synchronous modes of the USART. It is a dedicated 8-bit baud rate generator. The SPBRG register controls the period of a free running 8-bit timer. In asynchronous mode bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>) also controls the baud rate. In synchronous mode bit BRGH is ignored. Table 12-1 shows the formula for computation of the baud rate for different USART modes which only apply in master mode (internal clock). Given the desired baud rate and Fosc, the nearest integer value for the SPBRG register can be calculated using the formula in Table 12-1. From this, the error in baud rate can be determined. Example 12-1 shows the calculation of the baud rate error for the following conditions: FOSC = 16 MHz Desired Baud Rate = 9600 BRGH = 0 SYNC = 0
EXAMPLE 12-1: CALCULATING BAUD RATE ERROR
Desired Baud rate = Fosc / (64 (X + 1)) 9600 = X = 16000000 /(64 (X + 1)) I25.042 = 25
Calculated Baud Rate=16000000 / (64 (25 + 1)) = Error = = = 9615 (Calculated Baud Rate - Desired Baud Rate) Desired Baud Rate (9615 - 9600) / 9600 0.16%
It may be advantageous to use the high baud rate (BRGH = 1) even for slower baud clocks. This is because the FOSC/(16(X + 1)) equation can reduce the baud rate error in some cases. Writing a new value to the SPBRG register, causes the BRG timer to be reset (or cleared), this ensures the BRG does not wait for a timer overflow before outputting the new baud rate.
TABLE 12-1:
SYNC
0 1
BAUD RATE FORMULA
BRGH = 0 (Low Speed) BRGH = 1 (High Speed) Baud Rate= FOSC/(16(X+1)) NA
(Asynchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(64(X+1)) (Synchronous) Baud Rate = FOSC/(4(X+1)) X = value in SPBRG (0 to 255)
TABLE 12-2:
Address 98h 18h 99h
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BAUD RATE GENERATOR
Bit 7 CSRC SPEN Bit 6 TX9 RX9 Bit 5 TXEN Bit 4 SYNC Bit 3 -- Bit 2 BRGH FERR Bit 1 TRMT Bit 0 Value on POR Value on all other resets
0000 -010 0000 -00x 0000 0000
Name TXSTA RCSTA SPBRG
TX9D 0000 -010
SREN CREN ADEN
OERR RX9D 0000 -00x
0000 0000
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used by the BRG.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 73
PIC16F62X
TABLE 12-3:
BAUD RATE (K) 0.3 1.2 2.4 9.6 19.2 76.8 96 300 500 HIGH LOW
BAUD RATES FOR SYNCHRONOUS MODE
16 MHz SPBRG value % KBAUD ERROR (decimal) +1.73 +0.16 +0.16 -1.96 0 255 64 51 16 9 0 255 NA NA NA NA 19.23 76.92 95.24 307.69 500 4000 15.625 4 MHz 10 MHz SPBRG value % KBAUD ERROR (decimal) +0.16 +0.16 -0.79 +2.56 0 207 51 41 12 7 0 255 NA NA NA 9.766 19.23 75.76 96.15 312.5 500 2500 9.766 7.15909 MHz SPBRG SPBRG value % % value KBAUD ERROR (decimal) ERROR (decimal) +1.73 +0.16 -1.36 +0.16 +4.17 0 255 129 32 25 7 4 0 255 1 MHz NA NA NA 9.622 19.24 77.82 94.20 298.3 NA 1789.8 6.991 +0.23 +0.23 +1.32 -1.88 -0.57 185 92 22 18 5 0 255 32.768 kHz
FOSC = 20 MHz
KBAUD NA NA NA NA 19.53 76.92 96.15 294.1 500 5000 19.53
FOSC = 5.0688 MHz
BAUD RATE (K) 0.3 1.2 2.4 9.6 19.2 76.8 96 300 500 HIGH LOW
3.579545 MHz
SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG KBAUD % value KBAUD % value KBAUD % value KBAUD % value KBAUD % value ERROR (decimal) ERROR (decimal) ERROR (decimal) ERROR (decimal) ERROR (decimal) NA NA NA 9.6 19.2 79.2 97.48 316.8 NA 1267 4.950 0 0 +3.13 +1.54 +5.60 131 65 15 12 3 0 255 NA NA NA 9.615 19.231 76.923 1000 NA NA 100 3.906 +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +4.17 103 51 12 9 0 255 NA NA NA 9.622 19.04 74.57 99.43 298.3 NA 894.9 3.496 +0.23 -0.83 -2.90 +3.57 -0.57 92 46 11 8 2 0 255 NA 1.202 2.404 9.615 19.24 83.34 NA NA NA 250 0.9766 +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +8.51 207 103 25 12 2 0 255 0.303 1.170 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 8.192 0.032 +1.14 -2.48 26 6 0 255
TABLE 12-4:
BAUD RATE (K) 0.3 1.2 2.4 9.6 19.2 76.8 96 300 500 HIGH LOW
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 0)
16 MHz SPBRG % value ERROR (decimal) KBAUD +1.73 +0.16 -1.36 +1.73 +1.73 +8.51 +4.17 255 129 32 15 3 2 0 0 255 NA 1.202 2.404 9.615 19.23 83.33 NA NA NA 250 0.977 4 MHz 10 MHz SPBRG % value ERROR (decimal) KBAUD +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +8.51 207 103 25 12 2 0 255 NA 1.202 2.404 9.766 19.53 78.13 NA NA NA 156.3 0.6104 7.15909 MHz SPBRG SPBRG % value % value ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) +0.16 +0.16 +1.73 +1.73 +1.73 129 64 15 7 1 0 255 1 MHz NA 1.203 2.380 9.322 18.64 NA NA NA NA 111.9 0.437 +0.23 -0.83 -2.90 -2.90 92 46 11 5 0 255 32.768 kHz
FOSC = 20 MHz
KBAUD NA 1.221 2.404 9.469 19.53 78.13 104.2 312.5 NA 312.5 1.221
FOSC = 5.0688 MHz
BAUD RATE (K) 0.3 1.2 2.4 9.6 19.2 76.8 96 300 500 HIGH LOW
3.579545 MHz
SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG % value % value % value % value % value KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) 0.31 1.2 2.4 9.9 19.8 79.2 NA NA NA 79.2 0.3094 +3.13 0 0 +3.13 +3.13 +3.13 255 65 32 7 3 0 0 255 0.3005 1.202 2.404 NA NA NA NA NA NA 62.500 3.906 -0.17 +1.67 +1.67 207 51 25 0 255 0.301 1.190 2.432 9.322 18.64 NA NA NA NA 55.93 0.2185 +0.23 -0.83 +1.32 -2.90 -2.90 185 46 22 5 2 0 255 0.300 1.202 2.232 NA NA NA NA NA NA 15.63 0.0610 +0.16 +0.16 -6.99 51 12 6 0 255 0.256 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA 0.512 0.0020 -14.67 1 0 255
DS40300B-page 74
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 12-5:
BAUD RATE (K) 9.6 19.2 38.4 57.6 115.2 250 625 1250
BAUD RATES FOR ASYNCHRONOUS MODE (BRGH = 1)
16 MHz SPBRG value % ERROR (decimal) KBAUD +0.16 +0.16 -1.36 -1.36 -1.36 0 0 0 129 64 32 21 10 4 1 0 9.615 19.230 38.461 58.823 111.111 250 NA NA 10 MHz SPBRG value % ERROR (decimal) KBAUD +0.16 +0.16 +0.16 +2.12 -3.55 0 103 51 25 16 8 3 9.615 18.939 39.062 56.818 125 NA 625 NA 7.16 MHz SPBRG SPBRG value % % value ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) +0.16 -1.36 +1.7 -1.36 +8.51 0 64 32 15 10 4 0 9.520 19.454 37.286 55.930 111.860 NA NA NA -0.83 +1.32 -2.90 -2.90 -2.90 46 22 11 7 3 -
FOSC = 20 MHz
KBAUD 9.615 19.230 37.878 56.818 113.636 250 625 1250
BAUD RATE (K) 9.6 19.2 38.4 57.6 115.2 250 625 1250
FOSC = 5.068 MHz
4 MHz 3.579 MHz 1 MHz 32.768 kHz SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG SPBRG value value value value % % % % % value KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) KBAUD ERROR (decimal) 9.6 18.645 39.6 52.8 105.6 NA NA NA 0 -2.94 +3.12 -8.33 -8.33 32 16 7 5 2 NA 1.202 2.403 9.615 19.231 NA NA NA +0.17 +0.13 +0.16 +0.16 207 103 25 12 9.727 18.643 +1.32 -2.90 22 11 5 3 1 0 8.928 20.833 31.25 62.5 NA NA NA NA -6.99 +8.51 -18.61 +8.51 6 2 1 0 NA NA NA NA NA NA NA NA -
37.286 -2.90 55.930 -2.90 111.860 -2.90 223.721 -10.51 NA NA -
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 75
PIC16F62X
12.1.1 SAMPLING The data on the RB1/RX/DT pin is sampled three times by a majority detect circuit to determine if a high or a low level is present at the RX pin. If bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>) is clear (i.e., at the low baud rates), the sampling is done on the seventh, eighth and ninth falling edges of a x16 clock (Figure 12-3). If bit BRGH is set (i.e., at the high baud rates), the sampling is done on the 3 clock edges preceding the second rising edge after the first falling edge of a x4 clock (Figure 12-4 and Figure 12-5).
FIGURE 12-1: RX PIN SAMPLING SCHEME. BRGH = 0
Start bit Baud CLK for all but start bit baud CLK x16 CLK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3
RX (RB1/RX/DT pin)
Bit0
Samples
FIGURE 12-2: RX PIN SAMPLING SCHEME, BRGH = 1
RX pin Start Bit bit0 bit1
baud clk First falling edge after RX pin goes low Second rising edge x4 clk 1 Q2, Q4 clk 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2
Samples
Samples
Samples
DS40300B-page 76
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 12-3: RX PIN SAMPLING SCHEME, BRGH = 1
RX pin Start Bit Baud CLK for all but start bit First falling edge after RX pin goes low Second rising edge x4 CLK 1 Q2, Q4 CLK 2 3 4 bit0
Baud CLK
Samples
FIGURE 12-4: RX PIN SAMPLING SCHEME, BRGH = 0 OR BRGH = 1
Start bit Baud CLK for all but start bit Baud CLK x16 CLK 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1 2 3
RX (RB1/RX/DT pin)
Bit0
Samples
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 77
PIC16F62X
12.2 USART Asynchronous Mode
In this mode, the USART uses standard nonreturn-tozero (NRZ) format (one start bit, eight or nine data bits and one stop bit). The most common data format is 8-bits. An on-chip dedicated 8-bit baud rate generator can be used to derive standard baud rate frequencies from the oscillator. The USART transmits and receives the LSb first. The USART's transmitter and receiver are functionally independent but use the same data format and baud rate. The baud rate generator produces a clock either x16 or x64 of the bit shift rate, depending on bit BRGH (TXSTA<2>). Parity is not supported by the hardware, but can be implemented in software (and stored as the ninth data bit). Asynchronous mode is stopped during SLEEP. Asynchronous mode is selected by clearing bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). The USART Asynchronous module consists of the following important elements: * * * * Baud Rate Generator Sampling Circuit Asynchronous Transmitter Asynchronous Receiver USART ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMITTER state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicated the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. Status bit TRMT is a read only bit which is set when the TSR register is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. Note 1: The TSR register is not mapped in data memory so it is not available to the user. Note 2: Flag bit TXIF is set when enable bit TXEN is set. Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data and the baud rate generator (BRG) has produced a shift clock (Figure 12-5). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting enable bit TXEN. Normally when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty, so a transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR resulting in an empty TXREG. A back-toback transfer is thus possible (Figure 12-7). Clearing enable bit TXEN during a transmission will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. As a result the RB2/TX/CK pin will revert to hiimpedance. In order to select 9-bit transmission, transmit bit TX9 (TXSTA<6>) should be set and the ninth bit should be written to TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG register can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). In such a case, an incorrect ninth data bit maybe loaded in the TSR register.
12.2.1
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 12-5. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer, TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The TSR register is not loaded until the STOP bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the STOP bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG register (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register (occurs in one TCY), the TXREG register is empty and flag bit TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. This interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE ( PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the
FIGURE 12-5: USART TRANSMIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
Data Bus TXIF TXIE MSb (8) Interrupt TXEN Baud Rate CLK TRMT SPBRG Baud Rate Generator TX9 TX9D SPEN *** TSR register TXREG register 8 LSb 0 Pin Buffer and Control RB2/TX/CK pin
DS40300B-page 78
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Transmission: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH. (Section 12.1) Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. 4. 5. 6. 7. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set transmit bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN, which will also set bit TXIF. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Load data to the TXREG register (starts transmission).
2. 3.
FIGURE 12-6: ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
Write to TXREG BRG output (shift clock) RB2/TX/CK (pin) TXIF bit (Transmit buffer reg. empty flag) Word 1
Start Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1 WORD 1
Bit 7/8
Stop Bit
TRMT bit (Transmit shift reg. empty flag)
WORD 1 Transmit Shift Reg
FIGURE 12-7: ASYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION (BACK TO BACK)
Write to TXREG BRG output (shift clock) RB2/TX/CK (pin) TXIF bit (interrupt reg. flag) Word 1 Word 2
Start Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1 WORD 1
Bit 7/8
Stop Bit
Start Bit WORD 2
Bit 0
TRMT bit (Transmit shift reg. empty flag)
WORD 1 Transmit Shift Reg.
WORD 2 Transmit Shift Reg.
Note: This timing diagram shows two consecutive transmissions.
TABLE 12-6:
Address 0Ch 18h 19h 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
TXREG USART Transmit Register PIE1 TXSTA EEIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
SPBRG Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Transmission.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 79
PIC16F62X
12.2.2 USART ASYNCHRONOUS RECEIVER The receiver block diagram is shown in Figure 12-8. The data is received on the RB1/RX/DT pin and drives the data recovery block. The data recovery block is actually a high speed shifter operating at x16 times the baud rate, whereas the main receive serial shifter operates at the bit rate or at FOSC. Once Asynchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). The heart of the receiver is the receive (serial) shift register (RSR). After sampling the STOP bit, the received data in the RSR is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). If the transfer is complete, flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/ disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit which is cleared by the hardware. It is cleared when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register, i.e. it is a two deep FIFO. It is possible for two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte begin shifting to the RSR register. On the detection of the STOP bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full then overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) will be set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Overrun bit OERR has to be cleared in software. This is done by resetting the receive logic (CREN is cleared and then set). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR register to the RCREG register are inhibited, so it is essential to clear error bit OERR if it is set. Framing error bit FERR (RCSTA<2>) is set if a stop bit is detected as clear. Bit FERR and the 9th receive bit are buffered the same way as the receive data. Reading the RCREG, will load bits RX9D and FERR with new values, therefore it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG register in order not to lose the old FERR and RX9D information.
FIGURE 12-8: USART RECEIVE BLOCK DIAGRAM
x64 Baud Rate CLK CREN SPBRG / 64 or / 16 OERR FERR
MSb Stop (8) 7
RSR register *** 1
LSb 0 Start
Baud Rate Generator RB1/RX/DT Pin Buffer and Control Data Recovery
RX9
8 SPEN
RX9 ADEN RX9 ADEN RSR<8>
Enable Load of Receive Buffer 8
RX9D RX9D
RCREG register FIFO RCREG register 8
Interrupt
RCIF RCIE
Data Bus
DS40300B-page 80
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 12-9: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION WITH ADDRESS DETECT
RC7/RX/DT (pin) Rcv shift reg Rcv buffer reg Read Rcv buffer reg RCREG RCIF (interrupt flag) ADEN = 1 (address match enable) '1' '1' Bit8 = 0, Data Byte Bit8 = 1, Address Byte WORD 1 RCREG Start bit bit0 bit1 bit8 Stop bit Start bit bit0 bit8 Stop bit
Note: This timing diagram shows a data byte followed by an address byte. The data byte is not read into the RCREG (receive buffer) because ADEN = 1 and bit8 = 0.
FIGURE 12-10: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION WITH ADDRESS BYTE FIRST
RC7/RX/DT (pin) Rcv shift reg Rcv buffer reg Read Rcv buffer reg RCREG RCIF (interrupt flag) ADEN = 1 (address match enable) '1' '1' Start bit bit0 bit1 bit8 Stop bit Start bit bit0 bit8 Stop bit
Bit8 = 1, Address Byte
WORD 1 RCREG
Bit8 = 0, Data Byte
Note: This timing diagram shows an address byte followed by an data byte. The data byte is not read into the RCREG (receive buffer) because ADEN was not updated (still = 1) and bit8 = 0.
FIGURE 12-11: ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION WITH ADDRESS BYTE FIRST FOLLOWED BY VALID DATA BYTE
RC7/RX/DT (pin) Rcv shift reg Rcv buffer reg Read Rcv buffer reg RCREG RCIF (interrupt flag) ADEN (address match enable) Note: This timing diagram shows an address byte followed by an data byte. The data byte is read into the RCREG (receive buffer) because ADEN was updated after an address match, and was cleared to a `0', so the contents of the receive shift register (RSR) are read into the receive buffer regardless of the value of bit8. Start bit bit0 bit1 bit8 Stop bit Start bit bit0 bit8 Stop bit
Bit8 = 1, Address Byte
WORD 1 RCREG
Bit8 = 0, Data Byte
WORD 2 RCREG
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 81
PIC16F62X
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous Reception: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH. (Section 12.1). Enable the asynchronous serial port by clearing bit SYNC, and setting bit SPEN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. Enable the reception by setting bit CREN. 6. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing enable bit CREN.
7.
2. 3. 4. 5.
8. 9.
TABLE 12-7:
Address 0Ch 18h 1Ah 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
RCREG USART Receive Register PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG EEIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Reception.
DS40300B-page 82
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
12.3 USART Function
12.3.1.1 SETTING UP 9-BIT MODE WITH ADDRESS DETECT The USART function is similar to that on the PIC16C74B, which includes the BRGH = 1 fix. 12.3.1 USART 9-BIT RECEIVER WITH ADDRESS DETECT
Steps to follow when setting up an Asynchronous or Synchronous Reception with Address Detect Enabled: Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. If a high speed baud rate is desired, set bit BRGH. 2. Enable asynchronous or synchronous communication by setting or clearing bit SYNC and setting bit SPEN. 3. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. 4. Set bit RX9 to enable 9-bit reception. 5. Set ADEN to enable address detect. 6. Enable the reception by setting enable bit CREN or SREN. 7. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete, and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. 8. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register to determine if the device is being addressed. 9. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing enable bit CREN if it was already set. 10. If the device has been addressed (RSR<8> = 1 with address match enabled), clear the ADEN and RCIF bits to allow data bytes and address bytes to be read into the receive buffer and interrupt the CPU. 1.
When the RX9 bit is set in the RCSTA register, 9-bits are received and the ninth bit is placed in the RX9D bit of the RCSTA register. The USART module has a special provision for multi-processor communication. Multiprocessor communication is enabled by setting the ADEN bit (RCSTA<3>) along with the RX9 bit. The port is now programmed such that when the last bit is received, the contents of the receive shift register (RSR) are transferred to the receive buffer, the ninth bit of the RSR (RSR<8>) is transferred to RX9D, and the receive interrupt is set if and only if RSR<8> = 1. This feature can be used in a multi-processor system as follows: A master processor intends to transmit a block of data to one of many slaves. It must first send out an address byte that identifies the target slave. An address byte is identified by setting the ninth bit (RSR<8>) to a '1' (instead of a '0' for a data byte). If the ADEN and RX9 bits are set in the slave's RCSTA register, enabling multiprocessor communication, all data bytes will be ignored. However, if the ninth received bit is equal to a `1', indicating that the received byte is an address, the slave will be interrupted and the contents of the RSR register will be transferred into the receive buffer. This allows the slave to be interrupted only by addresses, so that the slave can examine the received byte to see if it is being addressed. The addressed slave will then clear its ADEN bit and prepare to receive data bytes from the master. When ADEN is enabled (='1'), all data bytes are ignored. Following the STOP bit, the data will not be loaded into the receive buffer, and no interrupt will occur. If another byte is shifted into the RSR register, the previous data byte will be lost. The ADEN bit will only take effect when the receiver is configured in 9-bit mode (RX9 = '1'). When ADEN is disabled (='0'), all data bytes are received and the 9th bit can be used as the parity bit. The receive block diagram is shown in Figure 12-8. Reception is enabled by setting bit CREN (RCSTA<4>).
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 83
PIC16F62X
TABLE 12-1:
Addr 0Ch 18h 1Ah 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA RCREG PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH ASYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN RX7 EEIE CSRC Bit 6 CMIF RX9 RX6 CMIE TX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN RX5 RCIE TXEN Bit 4 TXIF CREN RX4 TXIE SYNC Bit 3 -- ADEN RX3 -- -- Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR RX2 CCP1IE BRGH Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR RX1 TMR2IE TRMT Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D RX0 TMR1IE TX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented locations read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Asynchronous Reception.
12.4
USART Synchronous Master Mode
In Synchronous Master mode, the data is transmitted in a half-duplex manner, i.e. transmission and reception do not occur at the same time. When transmitting data, the reception is inhibited and vice versa. Synchronous mode is entered by setting bit SYNC (TXSTA<4>). In addition enable bit SPEN (RCSTA<7>) is set in order to configure the RB2/TX/CK and RB1/RX/DT I/O pins to CK (clock) and DT (data) lines respectively. The Master mode indicates that the processor transmits the master clock on the CK line. The Master mode is entered by setting bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 12.4.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
ble around the falling edge of the synchronous clock (Figure 12-12). The transmission can also be started by first loading the TXREG register and then setting bit TXEN (Figure 12-13). This is advantageous when slow baud rates are selected, since the BRG is kept in reset when bits TXEN, CREN, and SREN are clear. Setting enable bit TXEN will start the BRG, creating a shift clock immediately. Normally when transmission is first started, the TSR register is empty, so a transfer to the TXREG register will result in an immediate transfer to TSR resulting in an empty TXREG. Back-to-back transfers are possible. Clearing enable bit TXEN, during a transmission, will cause the transmission to be aborted and will reset the transmitter. The DT and CK pins will revert to hi-impedance. If either bit CREN or bit SREN is set, during a transmission, the transmission is aborted and the DT pin reverts to a hi-impedance state (for a reception). The CK pin will remain an output if bit CSRC is set (internal clock). The transmitter logic however is not reset although it is disconnected from the pins. In order to reset the transmitter, the user has to clear bit TXEN. If bit SREN is set (to interrupt an on-going transmission and receive a single word), then after the single word is received, bit SREN will be cleared and the serial port will revert back to transmitting since bit TXEN is still set. The DT line will immediately switch from hi-impedance receive mode to transmit and start driving. To avoid this, bit TXEN should be cleared. In order to select 9-bit transmission, the TX9 (TXSTA<6>) bit should be set and the ninth bit should be written to bit TX9D (TXSTA<0>). The ninth bit must be written before writing the 8-bit data to the TXREG register. This is because a data write to the TXREG can result in an immediate transfer of the data to the TSR register (if the TSR is empty). If the TSR was empty and the TXREG was written before writing the "new" TX9D, the "present" value of bit TX9D is loaded.
The USART transmitter block diagram is shown in Figure 12-5. The heart of the transmitter is the transmit (serial) shift register (TSR). The shift register obtains its data from the read/write transmit buffer register TXREG. The TXREG register is loaded with data in software. The TSR register is not loaded until the last bit has been transmitted from the previous load. As soon as the last bit is transmitted, the TSR is loaded with new data from the TXREG (if available). Once the TXREG register transfers the data to the TSR register (occurs in one Tcycle), the TXREG is empty and interrupt bit, TXIF (PIR1<4>) is set. The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit TXIE (PIE1<4>). Flag bit TXIF will be set regardless of the state of enable bit TXIE and cannot be cleared in software. It will reset only when new data is loaded into the TXREG register. While flag bit TXIF indicates the status of the TXREG register, another bit TRMT (TXSTA<1>) shows the status of the TSR register. TRMT is a read only bit which is set when the TSR is empty. No interrupt logic is tied to this bit, so the user has to poll this bit in order to determine if the TSR register is empty. The TSR is not mapped in data memory so it is not available to the user. Transmission is enabled by setting enable bit TXEN (TXSTA<5>). The actual transmission will not occur until the TXREG register has been loaded with data. The first data bit will be shifted out on the next available rising edge of the clock on the CK line. Data out is sta-
DS40300B-page 84
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Transmission: 1. 2. 3. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate (Section 12.1). Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN, and CSRC. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. 4. 5. 6. 7. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register.
TABLE 12-2:
Address 0Ch 18h 19h 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA TXREG PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER TRANSMISSION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
USART Transmit Register EEIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented, read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Transmission.
FIGURE 12-12: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION
Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3Q4 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3Q4 Q1Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4Q1 Q2Q3 Q4
RB1/RX/DT pin RB2/TX/CK pin Write to TXREG reg
Write word1
Bit 0
Bit 1 WORD 1
Bit 2
Bit 7
Bit 0
Bit 1 WORD 2
Bit 7
Write word2
TXIF bit
(Interrupt flag) TRMT TRMT bit
TXEN bit
'1'
Note: Sync master mode; SPBRG = '0'. Continuous transmission of two 8-bit words
'1'
FIGURE 12-13: SYNCHRONOUS TRANSMISSION (THROUGH TXEN)
RB1/RX/DT pin RB2/TX/CK pin bit0 bit1 bit2 bit6 bit7
Write to TXREG reg
TXIF bit
TRMT bit
TXEN bit
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 85
PIC16F62X
12.4.2 USART SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION receive bit is buffered the same way as the receive data. Reading the RCREG register, will load bit RX9D with a new value, therefore it is essential for the user to read the RCSTA register before reading RCREG in order not to lose the old RX9D information. Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Master Reception: 1. Initialize the SPBRG register for the appropriate baud rate. (Section 12.1) 2. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC, SPEN, and CSRC. 3. Ensure bits CREN and SREN are clear. 4. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. 5. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. 6. If a single reception is required, set bit SREN. For continuous reception set bit CREN. 7. Interrupt flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated if enable bit RCIE was set. 8. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. 9. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. 10. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN.
Once Synchronous mode is selected, reception is enabled by setting either enable bit SREN (RCSTA<5>) or enable bit CREN (RCSTA<4>). Data is sampled on the RB1/RX/DT pin on the falling edge of the clock. If enable bit SREN is set, then only a single word is received. If enable bit CREN is set, the reception is continuous until CREN is cleared. If both bits are set then CREN takes precedence. After clocking the last bit, the received data in the Receive Shift Register (RSR) is transferred to the RCREG register (if it is empty). When the transfer is complete, interrupt flag bit RCIF (PIR1<5>) is set. The actual interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing enable bit RCIE (PIE1<5>). Flag bit RCIF is a read only bit which is reset by the hardware. In this case it is reset when the RCREG register has been read and is empty. The RCREG is a double buffered register, i.e. it is a two deep FIFO. It is possible for two bytes of data to be received and transferred to the RCREG FIFO and a third byte to begin shifting into the RSR register. On the clocking of the last bit of the third byte, if the RCREG register is still full then overrun error bit OERR (RCSTA<1>) is set. The word in the RSR will be lost. The RCREG register can be read twice to retrieve the two bytes in the FIFO. Bit OERR has to be cleared in software (by clearing bit CREN). If bit OERR is set, transfers from the RSR to the RCREG are inhibited, so it is essential to clear bit OERR if it is set. The 9th
TABLE 12-3:
Address 0Ch 18h 1Ah 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS MASTER RECEPTION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on: POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D -000 0000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 -000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
RCREG PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG
USART Receive Register EEPIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Master Reception.
DS40300B-page 86
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 12-14: SYNCHRONOUS RECEPTION (MASTER MODE, SREN)
Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
RB1/RX/DT pin RB2/TX/CK pin Write to bit SREN SREN bit CREN bit '0' RCIF bit (interrupt) Read RXREG
bit0
bit1
bit2
bit3
bit4
bit5
bit6
bit7
'0'
Note: Timing diagram demonstrates SYNC master mode with bit SREN = '1' and bit BRG = '0'.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 87
PIC16F62X
12.5 USART Synchronous Slave Mode
12.5.2 Synchronous slave mode differs from the Master mode in the fact that the shift clock is supplied externally at the RB2/TX/CK pin (instead of being supplied internally in master mode). This allows the device to transfer or receive data while in SLEEP mode. Slave mode is entered by clearing bit CSRC (TXSTA<7>). 12.5.1 USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMIT USART SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION
The operation of the synchronous master and slave modes is identical except in the case of the SLEEP mode. Also, bit SREN is a don't care in slave mode. If receive is enabled, by setting bit CREN, prior to the SLEEP instruction, then a word may be received during SLEEP. On completely receiving the word, the RSR register will transfer the data to the RCREG register and if enable bit RCIE bit is set, the interrupt generated will wake the chip from SLEEP. If the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h). Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Slave Reception: 1. Enable the synchronous master serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit RCIE. If 9-bit reception is desired, then set bit RX9. To enable reception, set enable bit CREN. Flag bit RCIF will be set when reception is complete and an interrupt will be generated, if enable bit RCIE was set. Read the RCSTA register to get the ninth bit (if enabled) and determine if any error occurred during reception. Read the 8-bit received data by reading the RCREG register. If any error occurred, clear the error by clearing bit CREN.
The operation of the synchronous master and slave modes are identical except in the case of the SLEEP mode. If two words are written to the TXREG and then the SLEEP instruction is executed, the following will occur: a) b) c) d) The first word will immediately transfer to the TSR register and transmit. The second word will remain in TXREG register. Flag bit TXIF will not be set. When the first word has been shifted out of TSR, the TXREG register will transfer the second word to the TSR and flag bit TXIF will now be set. If enable bit TXIE is set, the interrupt will wake the chip from SLEEP and if the global interrupt is enabled, the program will branch to the interrupt vector (0004h).
2. 3. 4. 5.
e)
6.
Steps to follow when setting up a Synchronous Slave Transmission: 1. Enable the synchronous slave serial port by setting bits SYNC and SPEN and clearing bit CSRC. Clear bits CREN and SREN. If interrupts are desired, then set enable bit TXIE. If 9-bit transmission is desired, then set bit TX9. Enable the transmission by setting enable bit TXEN. If 9-bit transmission is selected, the ninth bit should be loaded in bit TX9D. Start transmission by loading data to the TXREG register.
7. 8.
2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.
DS40300B-page 88
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 12-4:
Address 0Ch 18h 19h 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA TXREG PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE TRANSMISSION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
USART Transmit Register EEIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Transmission.
TABLE 12-5:
Address 0Ch 18h 1Ah 8Ch 98h 99h Name PIR1 RCSTA
REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH SYNCHRONOUS SLAVE RECEPTION
Bit 7 EEIF SPEN Bit 6 CMIF RX9 Bit 5 RCIF SREN Bit 4 TXIF CREN Bit 3 -- ADEN Bit 2 CCP1IF FERR Bit 1 TMR2IF OERR Bit 0 TMR1IF RX9D Value on POR 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 TXIE SYNC -- -- CCP1IE BRGH TMR2IE TRMT TMR1IE TX9D 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000 Value on all other Resets 0000 -000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 0000 -000 0000 -010 0000 0000
RCREG PIE1 TXSTA SPBRG
USART Receive Register EEIE CSRC CMIE TX9 RCIE TXEN
Baud Rate Generator Register
Legend: x = unknown, - = unimplemented read as '0'. Shaded cells are not used for Synchronous Slave Reception.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 89
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 90
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
13.0 DATA EEPROM MEMORY
The EEPROM data memory is readable and writable during normal operation (full VDD range). This memory is not directly mapped in the register file space. Instead it is indirectly addressed through the Special Function Registers. There are four SFRs used to read and write this memory. These registers are: * * * * EECON1 EECON2 (Not a physically implemented register) EEDATA EEADR The EEPROM data memory allows byte read and write. A byte write automatically erases the location and writes the new data (erase before write). The EEPROM data memory is rated for high erase/write cycles. The write time is controlled by an on-chip timer. The writetime will vary with voltage and temperature as well as from chip to chip. Please refer to AC specifications for exact limits. When the device is code protected, the CPU may continue to read and write the data EEPROM memory. The device programmer can no longer access this memory. Additional information on the Data EEPROM is available in the PICmicroTM Mid-Range Reference Manual, (DS33023).
EEDATA holds the 8-bit data for read/write, and EEADR holds the address of the EEPROM location being accessed. PIC16F62X devices have 128 bytes of data EEPROM with an address range from 0h to 7Fh.
REGISTER 13-1: EEADR REGISTER (ADDRESS 9Bh)
U -- bit7 R/W EADR6 R/W EADR5 R/W EADR4 R/W EADR3 R/W EADR2 R/W EADR1 R/W EADR0 bit0
R = Readable bit W = Writable bit S = Settable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7 bit 6:0
Unimplemented Address: Must be set to '0' EEADR: Specifies one of 128 locations for EEPROM Read/Write Operation
13.1
EEADR
The EEADR register can address up to a maximum of 256 bytes of data EEPROM. Only the first 128 bytes of data EEPROM are implemented and only seven of the eight bits in the register (EEADR<6:0>) are required. The upper bit is address decoded. This means that this bit should always be '0' to ensure that the address is in the 128 byte memory space.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 91
PIC16F62X
13.2 EECON1 AND EECON2 REGISTERS
EECON1 is the control register with five low order bits physically implemented. The upper-three bits are nonexistent and read as '0's. Control bits RD and WR initiate read and write, respectively. These bits cannot be cleared, only set, in software. They are cleared in hardware at completion of the read or write operation. The inability to clear the WR bit in software prevents the accidental, premature termination of a write operation. The WREN bit, when set, will allow a write operation. On power-up, the WREN bit is clear. The WRERR bit is set when a write operation is interrupted by a MCLR reset or a WDT time-out reset during normal operation. In these situations, following reset, the user can check the WRERR bit and rewrite the location. The data and address will be unchanged in the EEDATA and EEADR registers. Interrupt flag bit EEIF in the PIR1 register is set when write is complete. This bit must be cleared in software. EECON2 is not a physical register. Reading EECON2 will read all '0's. The EECON2 register is used exclusively in the Data EEPROM write sequence.
REGISTER 13-2: EECON1 REGISTER (ADDRESS 9Ch) DEVICES
U -- bit7
U --
U --
U --
R/W-x WRERR
R/W-0 WREN
R/S-0 WR
R/S-x RD bit0 R = Readable bit W = Writable bit S = Settable bit U = Unimplemented bit, read as `0' -n = Value at POR reset
bit 7:4 bit 3
Unimplemented: Read as '0' WRERR: EEPROM Error Flag bit 1 = A write operation is prematurely terminated (any MCLR reset, any WDT reset during normal operation or BOD detect) 0 = The write operation completed WREN: EEPROM Write Enable bit 1 = Allows write cycles 0 = Inhibits write to the data EEPROM WR: Write Control bit 1 = initiates a write cycle. (The bit is cleared by hardware once write is complete. The WR bit can only be set (not cleared) in software. 0 = Write cycle to the data EEPROM is complete RD: Read Control bit 1 = Initiates an EEPROM read (read takes one cycle. RD is cleared in hardware. The RD bit can only be set (not cleared) in software). 0 = Does not initiate an EEPROM read
bit 2
bit 1
bit 0
DS40300B-page 92
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
13.3 READING THE EEPROM DATA MEMORY
At the completion of the write cycle, the WR bit is cleared in hardware and the EE Write Complete Interrupt Flag bit (EEIF) is set. The user can either enable this interrupt or poll this bit. The EEIF bit in the PIR1 registers must be cleared by software.
To read a data memory location, the user must write the address to the EEADR register and then set control bit RD (EECON1<0>). The data is available, in the very next cycle, in the EEDATA register; therefore it can be read in the next instruction. EEDATA will hold this value until another read or until it is written to by the user (during a write operation).
13.5
WRITE VERIFY
EXAMPLE 13-1: DATA EEPROM READ
BCF MOVLW MOVWF BSF BSF BCF MOVF STATUS, RP0 CONFIG_ADDR EEADR STATUS, RP0 EECON1, RD STATUS, RP0 EEDATA, W ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Bank 0 Address to read Bank 1 EE Read Bank 0 W = EEDATA
Depending on the application, good programming practice may dictate that the value written to the Data EEPROM should be verified (Example 13-3) to the desired value to be written. This should be used in applications where an EEPROM bit will be stressed near the specification limit.
EXAMPLE 13-3: WRITE VERIFY
BCF : : MOVF BSF BSF STATUS, RP0 ; ; ; EEDATA, W ; STATUS, RP0 ; EECON1, RD ; ; STATUS, RP0 ; Bank 0 Any code can go here Must be in Bank 0 Bank 1 READ YES, Read the value written Bank 0
13.4
WRITING TO THE EEPROM DATA MEMORY
To write an EEPROM data location, the user must first write the address to the EEADR register and the data to the EEDATA register. Then the user must follow a specific sequence to initiate the write for each byte.
EXAMPLE 13-2: DATA EEPROM WRITE
BSF BSF BCF MOVLW MOVWF MOVLW MOVWF BSF BSF STATUS, RP0 EECON1, WREN INTCON, GIE 55h EECON2 AAh EECON2 EECON1,WR INTCON, GIE ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; ; Bank 1 Enable write Disable INTs. Write 55h Write AAh Set WR bit begin write Enable INTs.
Required Sequence
BCF ; ; Is the value written (in W reg) and ; read (in EEDATA) the same? ; SUBWF EEDATA, W ; BTFSS STATUS, Z ; Is difference 0? GOTO WRITE_ERR ; NO, Write error : ; YES, Good write : ; Continue program
13.6
PROTECTION AGAINST SPURIOUS WRITE
The write will not initiate if the above sequence is not exactly followed (write 55h to EECON2, write AAh to EECON2, then set WR bit) for each byte. We strongly recommend that interrupts be disabled during this code segment. A cycle count is executed during the required sequence. Any number what is not equal to the required cycles to execute the required sequence will cause the data not to be written into the EEPROM. Additionally, the WREN bit in EECON1 must be set to enable write. This mechanism prevents accidental writes to data EEPROM due to errant (unexpected) code execution (i.e., lost programs). The user should keep the WREN bit clear at all times, except when updating EEPROM. The WREN bit is not cleared by hardware After a write sequence has been initiated, clearing the WREN bit will not affect this write cycle. The WR bit will be inhibited from being set unless the WREN bit is set.
There are conditions when the device may not want to write to the data EEPROM memory. To protect against spurious EEPROM writes, various mechanisms have been built in. On power-up, WREN is cleared. Also, the Power-up Timer (72 ms duration) prevents EEPROM write. The write initiate sequence and the WREN bit together help prevent an accidental write during brown-out, power glitch, or software malfunction.
13.7
DATA EEPROM OPERATION DURING CODE PROTECT
When the device is code protected, the CPU is able to read and write unscrambled data to the Data EEPROM.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 93
PIC16F62X
TABLE 13-1
Address 9Ah 9Bh 9Ch 9Dh Name EEDATA EEADR EECON1 EECON2(1)
REGISTERS/BITS ASSOCIATED WITH DATA EEPROM
Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0 Value on Power-on Reset xxxx xxxx -- WRERR WREN WR RD xxxx xxxx ---- x000 ---- ---Value on all other resets uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu ---- q000 ---- ----
EEPROM data register EEPROM address register -- -- -- EEPROM control register 2
Legend: x = unknown, u = unchanged, - = unimplemented read as '0', q = value depends upon condition. Shaded cells are not used by data EEPROM. Note 1: EECON2 is not a physical register
DS40300B-page 94
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.0 SPECIAL FEATURES OF THE CPU
The PIC16F62X has a Watchdog Timer which is controlled by configuration bits. It runs off its own RC oscillator for added reliability. There are two timers that offer necessary delays on power-up. One is the Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST), intended to keep the chip in reset until the crystal oscillator is stable. The other is the Power-up Timer (PWRT), which provides a fixed delay of 72 ms (nominal) on power-up only, designed to keep the part in reset while the power supply stabilizes. There is also circuitry to reset the device if a brown-out occurs which provides at least a 72 ms reset. With these three functions on-chip, most applications need no external reset circuitry. The SLEEP mode is designed to offer a very low current power-down mode. The user can wake-up from SLEEP through external reset, Watchdog Timer wake-up or through an interrupt. Several oscillator options are also made available to allow the part to fit the application. The ER oscillator option saves system cost while the LP crystal option saves power. A set of configuration bits are used to select various options.
Special circuits to deal with the needs of real time applications are what sets a microcontroller apart from other processors. The PIC16F62X family has a host of such features intended to maximize system reliability, minimize cost through elimination of external components, provide power saving operating modes and offer code protection. These are: 1. 2. OSC selection Reset Power-on Reset (POR) Power-up Timer (PWRT) Oscillator Start-Up Timer (OST) Brown-out Reset (BOD) Interrupts Watchdog Timer (WDT) SLEEP Code protection ID Locations In-circuit serial programming
3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 95
PIC16F62X
14.1 Configuration Bits
The configuration bits can be programmed (read as '0') or left unprogrammed (read as '1') to select various device configurations. These bits are mapped in program memory location 2007h. The user will note that address 2007h is beyond the user program memory space. In fact, it belongs to the special configuration memory space (2000h - 3FFFh), which can be accessed only during programming.
FIGURE 14-1: CONFIGURATION WORD
CP1 bit13 CP0 CP1 CP0 CPD LVP BODEN MCLRE FOSC2 PWRTE WDTE F0SC1 F0SC0 bit0 Register:CONFIG Address2007h
bit 13-10:CP1:CP0: Code Protection bits (2) Code protection for 2K program memory 11 = Program memory code protection off 10 = 0400h-07FFh code protected 01 = 0200h-07FFh code protected 00 = 0000h-07FFhcode protected Code protection for 1K program memory 11 = Program memory code protection off 10 = Program memory code protection off 01 = 0200h-03FFh code protected 00 = 0000h-03FFh code protected bit 8: CPD: Data Code Protection bit(3) 1 = Data memory code protection off 0 = Data memory code protected LVP: Low Voltage Programming Enable 1 = RB4/PGM pin has PGM function, low voltage programming enabled 0 = RB4/PGM is digital I/O, HV on MCLR must be used for programming BODEN: Brown-out Detect Enable bit (1) 1 = BOD enabled 0 = BOD disabled MCLRE: RA5/MCLR pin function select 1 = RA5/MCLR pin function is MCLR 0 = RA5/MCLR pin function is digital I/O, MCLR internally tied to VDD PWRTE: Power-up Timer Enable bit (1) 1 = PWRT disabled 0 = PWRT enabled WDTE: Watchdog Timer Enable bit 1 = WDT enabled 0 = WDT disabled
bit 7:
bit 6:
bit 5:
bit 3:
bit 2:
bit 4,1-0: FOSC2:FOSC0: Oscillator Selection bits(4) 111 = ER oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, Resistor on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 110 = ER oscillator: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, Resistor on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 101 = INTRC oscillator: CLKOUT function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 100 = INTRC oscillator: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, I/O function on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 011 = EC: I/O function on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT pin, CLKIN on RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 010 = HS oscillator: High speed crystal/resonator on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 001 = XT oscillator: Crystal/resonator on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN 000 = LP oscillator: Low power crystal on RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT and RA7/OSC1/CLKIN
Note 1: Enabling Brown-out Reset automatically enables Power-up Timer (PWRT) regardless of the value of bit PWRTE. Ensure the Power-up Timer is enabled anytime Brown-out Reset is enabled. 2: All of the CP1:CP0 pairs have to be given the same value to enable the code protection scheme listed. 3: The entire data EEPROM will be erased when the code protection is turned off. 4: When MCLR is asserted in INTRC or ER mode, the internal clock oscillator is disabled.
DS40300B-page 96
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.2
14.2.1
Oscillator Configurations
OSCILLATOR TYPES
TABLE 14-1:
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CERAMIC RESONATORS
The PIC16F62X can be operated in eight different oscillator options. The user can program three configuration bits (FOSC2 thru FOSC0) to select one of these eight modes: * * * * * * LP XT HS ER INTRC EC Low Power Crystal Crystal/Resonator High Speed Crystal/Resonator External Resistor (2 modes) Internal Resistor/Capacitor (2 modes) External Clock In
Ranges Characterized: Mode
XT
Freq
455 kHz 2.0 MHz 4.0 MHz 8.0 MHz 16.0 MHz
OSC1(C1)
22 - 100 pF 15 - 68 pF 15 - 68 pF 10 - 68 pF 10 - 22 pF
OSC2(C2)
22 - 100 pF 15 - 68 pF 15 - 68 pF 10 - 68 pF 10 - 22 pF
HS
Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator but also increases the start-up time. These values are for design guidance only. Since each resonator has its own characteristics, the user should consult the resonator manufacturer for appropriate values of external components.
14.2.2
CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR / CERAMIC RESONATORS
TABLE 14-2:
Mode
LP XT
CAPACITOR SELECTION FOR CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
Freq OSC1(C1)
68 - 100 pF 15 - 30 pF 68 - 150 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF
In XT, LP or HS modes a crystal or ceramic resonator is connected to the OSC1 and OSC2 pins to establish oscillation (Figure 14-2). The PIC16F62X oscillator design requires the use of a parallel cut crystal. Use of a series cut crystal may give a frequency out of the crystal manufacturers specifications. When in XT, LP or HS modes, the device can have an external clock source to drive the OSC1 pin (Figure 14-3).
OSC2(C2)
68 - 100 pF 15 - 30 pF 150 - 200 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF 15 - 30 pF
32 kHz 200 kHz 100 kHz 2 MHz 4 MHz 8 MHz 10 MHz 20 MHz
HS
FIGURE 14-2: CRYSTAL OPERATION (OR CERAMIC RESONATOR) (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION)
OSC1 C1 XTAL OSC2 RS C2 see Note To internal logic
Higher capacitance increases the stability of the oscillator but also increases the start-up time. These values are for design guidance only. Rs may be required in HS mode as well as XT mode to avoid overdriving crystals with low drive level specification. Since each crystal has its own characteristics, the user should consult the crystal manufacturer for appropriate values of external components.
RF
SLEEP
PIC16F62X
See Table 14-1 and Table 14-2 for recommended values of C1 and C2. Note: A series resistor may be required for AT strip cut crystals.
FIGURE 14-3: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION)
Clock from ext. system Open
OSC1 PIC16F62X OSC2
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 97
PIC16F62X
14.2.3 EXTERNAL CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT 14.2.4 EXTERNAL CLOCK IN For applications where a clock is already available elsewhere, users may directly drive the PIC16F62X provided that this external clock source meets the AC/DC timing requirements listed in Section 17.4. Figure 14-6 below shows how an external clock circuit should be configured.
Either a prepackaged oscillator can be used or a simple oscillator circuit with TTL gates can be built. Prepackaged oscillators provide a wide operating range and better stability. A well-designed crystal oscillator will provide good performance with TTL gates. Two types of crystal oscillator circuits can be used; one with series resonance, or one with parallel resonance. Figure 14-4 shows implementation of a parallel resonant oscillator circuit. The circuit is designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The 74AS04 inverter performs the 180 phase shift that a parallel oscillator requires. The 4.7 k resistor provides the negative feedback for stability. The 10 k potentiometers bias the 74AS04 in the linear region. This could be used for external oscillator designs.
FIGURE 14-6: EXTERNAL CLOCK INPUT OPERATION (HS, XT OR LP OSC CONFIGURATION)
Clock from ext. system RA6 OSC1/RA7 PIC16F62X OSC2/RA6
14.2.5
ER OSCILLATOR
FIGURE 14-4: EXTERNAL PARALLEL RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
+5V To other Devices 10k 4.7k 74AS04 74AS04 PIC16F62X CLKIN
10k XTAL 10k 20 pF 20 pF
For timing insensitive applications, the ER (External Resistor) clock mode offers additional cost savings. Only one external component, a resistor to VSS, is needed to set the operating frequency of the internal oscillator. The resistor draws a DC bias current which controls the oscillation frequency. In addition to the resistance value, the oscillator frequency will vary from unit to unit, and as a function of supply voltage and temperature. Since the controlling parameter is a DC current and not a capacitance, the particular package type and lead frame will not have a significant effect on the resultant frequency. Figure 14-7 shows how the controlling resistor is connected to the PIC16F62X. For Rext values below 38k, the oscillator operation may become unstable, or stop completely. For very high Rext values (e.g. 1M), the oscillator becomes sensitive to noise, humidity and leakage. Thus, we recommend keeping Rext between 38k and 1M.
Figure 14-5 shows a series resonant oscillator circuit. This circuit is also designed to use the fundamental frequency of the crystal. The inverter performs a 180 phase shift in a series resonant oscillator circuit. The 330 k resistors provide the negative feedback to bias the inverters in their linear region.
FIGURE 14-7: EXTERNAL RESISTOR
FIGURE 14-5: EXTERNAL SERIES RESONANT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR CIRCUIT
To other Devices 74AS04 CLKIN 0.1 F
RA7/OSC1/CLKIN
RA6/OSC2/CLKOUT
330 k 74AS04
330 k 74AS04
PIC16F62X
The Electrical Specification section shows the relationship between the resistance value and the operating frequency as well as frequency variations due to operating temperature for given R and VDD values. The ER oscillator mode has two options that control the unused OSC2 pin. The first allows it to be used as a general purpose I/O port. The other configures the pin as an output providing the Fosc signal (internal clock divided by 4) for test or external synchronization purposes.
XTAL
DS40300B-page 98
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.2.6 INTERNAL 4 MHZ OSCILLATOR
14.4
Reset
The internal RC oscillator provides a fixed 4 MHz (nominal) system clock at Vdd = 5V and 25C, see "Electrical Specifications" section for information on variation over voltage and temperature. 14.2.7 CLKOUT
The PIC16F62X differentiates between various kinds of reset: a) b) c) d) e) f) Power-on reset (POR) MCLR reset during normal operation MCLR reset during SLEEP WDT reset (normal operation) WDT wake-up (SLEEP) Brown-out Detect (BOD)
The PIC16F62X can be configured to provide a clock out signal by programming the configuration word. The oscillator frequency, divided by 4 can be used for test purposes or to synchronize other logic.
14.3
Special Feature: Dual Speed Oscillator Modes
A software programmable dual speed oscillator mode is provided when the PIC16F62X is configured in either ER or INTRC oscillator modes. This feature allows users to dynamically toggle the oscillator speed between 4MHz and 37kHz. In ER mode, the 4MHz setting will vary depending on the size of the external resistor. Also in ER mode, the 37kHz operation is fixed and does not vary with resistor size. Applications that require low current power savings, but cannot tolerate putting the part into sleep, may use this mode. The OSCF bit in the PCON register is used to control dual speed mode. See Section 4.2.2.6, Figure 4-9.
Some registers are not affected in any reset condition; their status is unknown on POR and unchanged in any other reset. Most other registers are reset to a "reset state" on Power-on reset, MCLR reset, WDT reset and MCLR reset during SLEEP. They are not affected by a WDT wake-up, since this is viewed as the resumption of normal operation. TO and PD bits are set or cleared differently in different reset situations as indicated in Table 14-4. These bits are used in software to determine the nature of the reset. See Table 14-7 for a full description of reset states of all registers. A simplified block diagram of the on-chip reset circuit is shown in Figure 14-8. The MCLR reset path has a noise filter to detect and ignore small pulses. See Table 12-6 for pulse width specification.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 99
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 14-8: SIMPLIFIED BLOCK DIAGRAM OF ON-CHIP RESET CIRCUIT
External Reset MCLR/ VPP Pin WDT Module VDD rise detect VDD Brown-out detect OST/PWRT OST 10-bit Ripple-counter R OSC1/ CLKIN Pin On-chip(1) ER OSC PWRT 10-bit Ripple-counter Q Chip_Reset Power-on Reset
SLEEP WDT Time-out Reset
BODEN
S
Q
Enable PWRT Enable OST
See Table 14-3 for time-out situations.
Note 1: This is a separate oscillator from the INTRC/EC oscillator.
DS40300B-page 100
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.5 Power-on Reset (POR), Power-up Timer (PWRT), Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) and Brown-out Detect (BOD)
POWER-ON RESET (POR) The Power-Up Time delay will vary from chip to chip and due to VDD, temperature and process variation. See DC parameters for details. 14.5.3 OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER (OST)
14.5.1
The on-chip POR circuit holds the chip in reset until VDD has reached a high enough level for proper operation. To take advantage of the POR, just tie the MCLR pin through a resistor to VDD. This will eliminate external RC components usually needed to create Power-on Reset. A maximum rise time for VDD is required. See Electrical Specifications for details. The POR circuit does not produce an internal reset when VDD declines. When the device starts normal operation (exits the reset condition), device operating parameters (voltage, frequency, temperature, etc.) must be met to ensure operation. If these conditions are not met, the device must be held in reset until the operating conditions are met. For additional information, refer to Application Note AN607 "Power-up Trouble Shooting". 14.5.2 POWER-UP TIMER (PWRT)
The Oscillator Start-Up Timer (OST) provides a 1024 oscillator cycle (from OSC1 input) delay after the PWRT delay is over. This ensures that the crystal oscillator or resonator has started and stabilized. The OST time-out is invoked only for XT, LP and HS modes and only on power-on reset or wake-up from SLEEP. 14.5.4 BROWN-OUT DETECT (BOD)
The PIC16F62X members have on-chip Brown-out Detect circuitry. A configuration bit, BODEN, can disable (if clear/programmed) or enable (if set) the Brown-out Detect circuitry. If VDD falls below 4.0V, refer to VBOD parameter D005(VBOD) for greater than parameter (TBOD) in Table 17.1, the brown-out situation will reset the chip. A reset is not guaranteed to occur if VDD falls below 4.0V for less than parameter (TBOD). On any reset (Power-on, Brown-out, Watchdog, etc.) the chip will remain in Reset until VDD rises above BVDD. The Power-up Timer will now be invoked and will keep the chip in reset an additional 72 ms. If VDD drops below BVDD while the Power-up Timer is running, the chip will go back into a Brown-out Reset and the Power-up Timer will be re-initialized. Once VDD rises above BVDD, the Power-Up Timer will execute a 72 ms reset. The Power-up Timer should always be enabled when Brown-out Detect is enabled. Figure 14-9 shows typical Brown-out situations.
The Power-up Timer provides a fixed 72 ms (nominal) time-out on power-up only, from POR or Brown-out Reset. The Power-up Timer operates on an internal RC oscillator. The chip is kept in reset as long as PWRT is active. The PWRT delay allows the VDD to rise to an acceptable level. A configuration bit, PWRTE can disable (if set) or enable (if cleared or programmed) the Power-up Timer. The Power-up Timer should always be enabled when Brown-out Reset is enabled.
FIGURE 14-9: BROWN-OUT SITUATIONS
VDD BVDD
Internal Reset VDD
72 ms
BVDD
Internal Reset
<72 ms
72 ms
VDD
BVDD
Internal Reset
72 ms
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 101
PIC16F62X
14.5.5 TIME-OUT SEQUENCE 14.5.6 On power-up the time-out sequence is as follows: First PWRT time-out is invoked after POR has expired. Then OST is activated. The total time-out will vary based on oscillator configuration and PWRTE bit status. For example, in ER mode with PWRTE bit erased (PWRT disabled), there will be no time-out at all. Figure 14-10, Figure 14-11 and Figure 14-12 depict time-out sequences. Since the time-outs occur from the POR pulse, if MCLR is kept low long enough, the time-outs will expire. Then bringing MCLR high will begin execution immediately (see Figure 14-11). This is useful for testing purposes or to synchronize more than one PIC16F62X device operating in parallel. Table 14-6 shows the reset conditions for some special registers, while Table 14-7 shows the reset conditions for all the registers. POWER CONTROL (PCON)/ STATUS REGISTER
The power control/status register, PCON (address 8Eh) has two bits. Bit0 is BOD (Brown-out). BOD is unknown on power-on-reset. It must then be set by the user and checked on subsequent resets to see if BOD = 0 indicating that a brown-out has occurred. The BOD status bit is a don't care and is not necessarily predictable if the brown-out circuit is disabled (by setting BODEN bit = 0 in the Configuration word). Bit1 is POR (Power-on-reset). It is a `0' on power-on-reset and unaffected otherwise. The user must write a `1' to this bit following a power-on-reset. On a subsequent reset if POR is `0', it will indicate that a power-on-reset must have occurred (VDD may have gone too low).
TABLE 14-3:
TIME-OUT IN VARIOUS SITUATIONS
Power-up Brown-out Reset PWRTE = 0 PWRTE = 1
1024 TOSC -- 72 ms + 1024 TOSC 72 ms 72 ms + 1024 TOSC 72 ms
Oscillator Configuration
XT, HS, LP ER
Wake-up from SLEEP
1024 TOSC --
TABLE 14-4:
POR
0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1
STATUS/PCON BITS AND THEIR SIGNIFICANCE
TO
1 0 X X 0 0 u 1
BOD
X X X 0 1 1 1 1
PD
1 X 0 X u 0 u 0 Power-on-reset Illegal, TO is set on POR Illegal, PD is set on POR Brown-out Detect WDT Reset WDT Wake-up MCLR reset during normal operation MCLR reset during SLEEP
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown
TABLE 14-5:
Address 03h 8Eh Note 1: Name STATUS PCON
SUMMARY OF REGISTERS ASSOCIATED WITH BROWN-OUT
Bit 7 IRP -- Bit 6 RP1 -- Bit 5 RPO -- Bit 4 TO -- Bit 3 PD OSCF Bit 2 Z -- Bit 1 DC POR Bit 0 C BOD Value on POR Reset 0001 1xxx ---- 1-0x Value on all other resets(1) 000q quuu ---- u-uq
Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR reset, Brown-out Detect and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
DS40300B-page 102
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 14-6:
Condition
Power-on Reset MCLR reset during normal operation MCLR reset during SLEEP WDT reset WDT Wake-up Brown-out Detect Interrupt Wake-up from SLEEP
INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR SPECIAL REGISTERS
Program Counter
000h 000h 000h 000h PC + 1 000h PC + 1(1)
STATUS Register 0001 1xxx 000u uuuu 0001 0uuu 0000 uuuu uuu0 0uuu 000x xuuu uuu1 0uuu
PCON Register ---- 1-0x ---- 1-uu ---- 1-uu ---- 1-uu ---- --uu ---- 1-u0 ---- --uu
Legend: u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as `0'. Note 1: When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and global enable bit, GIE is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h) after execution of PC+1.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 103
PIC16F62X
TABLE 14-7: INITIALIZATION CONDITION FOR REGISTERS
* MCLR Reset during normal operation * MCLR Reset during SLEEP * WDT Reset * Brown-out Detect (1) uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu 0000 0000 000q quuu(4) uuuu uuuu xxxx u000 uuuu uuuu --uu uuuu -000 0000 --00 0000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 ---0 0000 0000 000u 0000 -000 1111 1111 11-- 1111 1111 1111 0000 -000 ---1-uq(1,6) uu-- uuuu ---u uuuu uuuu uqqq(2) -q-- ----(2,5) uuuu uuuu uu-u uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu -uuu ---- --uu * Wake up from SLEEP through interrupt * Wake up from SLEEP through WDT time-out uuuu uuuu uuuu uuuu PC + 1(3) uuuq quuu(4) uuuu uuuu xxxx 0000 uuuu uuuu
Register W INDF TMR0 PCL STATUS FSR PORTA PORTB T1CON T2CON CCP1CON RCSTA CMCON PCLATH INTCON PIR1 OPTION TRISA TRISB PIE1 PCON TXSTA EECON1 VRCON
Legend: Note 1: 2: 3: 4: 5:
Address 00h 01h 02h 03h 04h 05h 06h 10h 12h 17h 18h 1Fh 0Ah 0Bh 0Ch 81h 85h 86h 8Ch 8Eh 98h 9Ch 9Fh
Power-on Reset xxxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 0000 0000 0001 1xxx xxxx xxxx xxxx 0000 xxxx xxxx --00 0000 -000 0000 --00 0000 0000 -00x 0000 0000 ---0 0000 0000 000x 0000 -000 1111 1111 11-1 1111 1111 1111 0000 -000 ---- 1-0x 0000 -010 ---- x000 000- 0000
0000 -010 ---- q000 000- 0000 uuu- uuuu
u = unchanged, x = unknown, - = unimplemented bit, reads as `0', q = value depends on condition. If VDD goes too low, Power-on Reset will be activated and registers will be affected differently. One or more bits in INTCON, PIR1 and/or PIR2 will be affected (to cause wake-up). When the wake-up is due to an interrupt and the GIE bit is set, the PC is loaded with the interrupt vector (0004h). See Table 14-6 for reset value for specific condition. If wake-up was due to comparator input changing, then bit 6 = 1. All other interrupts generating a wake-up will cause bit 6 = u. 6: If reset was due to brown-out, then bit 0 = 0. All other resets will cause bit 0 = u.
DS40300B-page 104
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 14-10: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 1
VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT
TOST
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
FIGURE 14-11: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR NOT TIED TO VDD): CASE 2
VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT
TOST
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
FIGURE 14-12: TIME-OUT SEQUENCE ON POWER-UP (MCLR TIED TO VDD)
VDD MCLR INTERNAL POR TPWRT PWRT TIME-OUT
TOST
OST TIME-OUT
INTERNAL RESET
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 105
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 14-13: EXTERNAL POWER-ON RESET CIRCUIT (FOR SLOW VDD POWER-UP)
VDD VDD
FIGURE 14-14: EXTERNAL BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 1
VDD 33k 10k MCLR 40k VDD
D
R R1 MCLR C
PIC16F62X
PIC16F62X
Note 1: External power-on reset circuit is required only if VDD power-up slope is too slow. The diode D helps discharge the capacitor quickly when VDD powers down. 2: < 40 k is recommended to make sure that voltage drop across R does not violate the device's electrical specification. 3: R1 = 100 to 1 k will limit any current flowing into MCLR from external capacitor C in the event of MCLR/VPP pin breakdown due to Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) or Electrical Overstress (EOS).
Note 1: This circuit will activate reset when VDD goes below (Vz + 0.7V) where Vz = Zener voltage. 2: Internal Brown-out Reset circuitry should be disabled when using this circuit.
FIGURE 14-15: EXTERNAL BROWN-OUT PROTECTION CIRCUIT 2
VDD R1 Q1 R2 40k MCLR VDD
PIC16F62X
Note 1: This brown-out circuit is less expensive, albeit less accurate. Transistor Q1 turns off when VDD is below a certain level such that: R1 = 0.7 V VDD x R1 + R2 2: Internal brown-out reset should be disabled when using this circuit. 3: Resistors should be adjusted for the characteristics of the transistor.
DS40300B-page 106
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.6 Interrupts
The PIC16F62X has 10 sources of interrupt: * * * * * * * * External Interrupt RB0/INT TMR0 Overflow Interrupt PortB Change Interrupts (pins RB7:RB4) Comparator Interrupt USART Interrupt CCP Interrupt TMR1 Overflow Interrupt TMR2 Match Interrupt When an interrupt is responded to, the GIE is cleared to disable any further interrupt, the return address is pushed into the stack and the PC is loaded with 0004h. Once in the interrupt service routine the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to avoid RB0/INT recursive interrupts. For external interrupt events, such as the INT pin or PORTB change interrupt, the interrupt latency will be three or four instruction cycles. The exact latency depends when the interrupt event occurs (Figure 14-17). The latency is the same for one or two cycle instructions. Once in the interrupt service routine the source(s) of the interrupt can be determined by polling the interrupt flag bits. The interrupt flag bit(s) must be cleared in software before re-enabling interrupts to avoid multiple interrupt requests. Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. Note 1: Individual interrupt flag bits are set regardless of the status of their corresponding mask bit or the GIE bit. When an instruction that clears the GIE bit is executed, any interrupts that were pending for execution in the next cycle are ignored. The CPU will execute a NOP in the cycle immediately following the instruction which clears the GIE bit. The interrupts which were ignored are still pending to be serviced when the GIE bit is set again.
The interrupt control register (INTCON) records individual interrupt requests in flag bits. It also has individual and global interrupt enable bits. A global interrupt enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>) enables (if set) all un-masked interrupts or disables (if cleared) all interrupts. Individual interrupts can be disabled through their corresponding enable bits in INTCON register. GIE is cleared on reset. The "return from interrupt" instruction, RETFIE, exits interrupt routine as well as sets the GIE bit, which re-enable RB0/INT interrupts. The INT pin interrupt, the RB port change interrupt and the TMR0 overflow interrupt flags are contained in the INTCON register. The peripheral interrupt flag is contained in the special register PIR1. The corresponding interrupt enable bit is contained in special registers PIE1.
2:
FIGURE 14-16: INTERRUPT LOGIC
TMR1IF TMR1IE TMR2IF TMR2IE CCP1IF CCP1IE CMIF CMIE TXIF TXIE RCIF RCIE EEIF EEIE
T0IF T0IE INTF INTE
Wake-up (If in SLEEP mode)
Interrupt to CPU RBIF RBIE PEIE GIE
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 107
PIC16F62X
14.6.1 RB0/INT INTERRUPT 14.6.3 PORTB INTERRUPT External interrupt on RB0/INT pin is edge triggered: either rising if INTEDG bit (OPTION<6>) is set, or falling, if INTEDG bit is clear. When a valid edge appears on the RB0/INT pin, the INTF bit (INTCON<1>) is set. This interrupt can be disabled by clearing the INTE control bit (INTCON<4>). The INTF bit must be cleared in software in the interrupt service routine before re-enabling this interrupt. The RB0/INT interrupt can wake-up the processor from SLEEP, if the INTE bit was set prior to going into SLEEP. The status of the GIE bit decides whether or not the processor branches to the interrupt vector following wake-up. See Section 14.9 for details on SLEEP and Figure 14-19 for timing of wake-up from SLEEP through RB0/INT interrupt. 14.6.2 TMR0 INTERRUPT An input change on PORTB <7:4> sets the RBIF (INTCON<0>) bit. The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing the RBIE (INTCON<4>) bit. For operation of PORTB (Section 5.2). Note: If a change on the I/O pin should occur when the read operation is being executed (start of the Q2 cycle), then the RBIF interrupt flag may not get set. COMPARATOR INTERRUPT
14.6.4
See Section 9.6 for complete description of comparator interrupts.
An overflow (FFh 00h) in the TMR0 register will set the T0IF (INTCON<2>) bit. The interrupt can be enabled/disabled by setting/clearing T0IE (INTCON<5>) bit. For operation of the Timer0 module, see Section 6.0.
FIGURE 14-17: INT PIN INTERRUPT TIMING
Q1 OSC1 CLKOUT 3 INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
Q1
Q2
Q3
Q4
4 1 5 Interrupt Latency 2
1
PC Inst (PC) Inst (PC-1)
PC+1 Inst (PC+1) Inst (PC)
PC+1 -- Dummy Cycle
0004h Inst (0004h) Dummy Cycle
0005h Inst (0005h) Inst (0004h)
Note 1: INTF flag is sampled here (every Q1). 2: Asynchronous interrupt latency = 3-4 Tcy. Synchronous latency = 3 Tcy, where Tcy = instruction cycle time. Latency is the same whether Inst (PC) is a single cycle or a 2-cycle instruction. 3: CLKOUT is available only in ER oscillator mode. 4: For minimum width of INT pulse, refer to AC specs. 5: INTF is enabled to be set anytime during the Q4-Q1 cycles.
TABLE 14-8:
Address 0Bh 0Ch 8Ch Note 1: Name INTCON PIR1 PIE1
SUMMARY OF INTERRUPT REGISTERS
Bit 7 GIE EEIF EEIE Bit 6 PEIE CMIF CMIE Bit 5 T0IE RCIF RCIE Bit 4 INTE TXIF TXIE Bit 3 RBIE -- -- Bit 2 T0IF CCP1IF CCP1IE Bit 1 INTF TMR2IF TMR2IE Bit 0 RBIF TMR1IF TMR1IE Value on POR Reset 0000 000x 0000 -000 0000 -000 Value on all other resets(1) 0000 000u 0000 -000 0000 -000
Other (non power-up) resets include MCLR reset, Brown-out Reset and Watchdog Timer Reset during normal operation.
DS40300B-page 108
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.7 Context Saving During Interrupts 14.8 Watchdog Timer (WDT)
During an interrupt, only the return PC value is saved on the stack. Typically, users may wish to save key registers during an interrupt e.g. W register and STATUS register. This will have to be implemented in software. Example 14-1 stores and restores the STATUS and W registers. The user register, W_TEMP, must be defined in both banks and must be defined at the same offset from the bank base address (i.e., W_TEMP is defined at 0x20 in Bank 0 and it must also be defined at 0xA0 in Bank 1). The user register, STATUS_TEMP, must be defined in Bank 0. The Example 14-1: * * * * Stores the W register Stores the STATUS register in Bank 0 Executes the ISR code Restores the STATUS (and bank select bit register) * Restores the W register The watchdog timer is a free running on-chip RC oscillator which does not require any external components. This RC oscillator is separate from the ER oscillator of the CLKIN pin. That means that the WDT will run, even if the clock on the OSC1 and OSC2 pins of the device has been stopped, for example, by execution of a SLEEP instruction. During normal operation, a WDT time-out generates a device RESET. If the device is in SLEEP mode, a WDT time-out causes the device to wake-up and continue with normal operation. The WDT can be permanently disabled by programming the configuration bit WDTE as clear (Section 14.1). 14.8.1 WDT PERIOD
EXAMPLE 14-1: SAVING THE STATUS AND W REGISTERS IN RAM
MOVWF SWAPF BCF MOVWF : : : SWAPF STATUS_TEMP,W ;swap STATUS_TEMP register ;into W, sets bank to original ;state ;move W into STATUS register ;swap W_TEMP ;swap W_TEMP into W (ISR) W_TEMP STATUS,W STATUS,RP0 STATUS_TEMP ;copy W to temp register, ;could be in either bank ;swap status to be saved into W ;change to bank 0 regardless ;of current bank ;save status to bank 0 ;register
The WDT has a nominal time-out period of 18 ms, (with no prescaler). The time-out periods vary with temperature, VDD and process variations from part to part (see DC specs). If longer time-out periods are desired, a prescaler with a division ratio of up to 1:128 can be assigned to the WDT under software control by writing to the OPTION register. Thus, time-out periods up to 2.3 seconds can be realized. The CLRWDT and SLEEP instructions clear the WDT and the postscaler, if assigned to the WDT, and prevent it from timing out and generating a device RESET. The TO bit in the STATUS register will be cleared upon a Watchdog Timer time-out. 14.8.2 WDT PROGRAMMING CONSIDERATIONS
MOVWF SWAPF SWAPF
STATUS W_TEMP,F W_TEMP,W
It should also be taken in account that under worst case conditions (VDD = Min., Temperature = Max., max. WDT prescaler) it may take several seconds before a WDT time-out occurs.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 109
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 14-18: WATCHDOG TIMER BLOCK DIAGRAM
From TMR0 Clock Source (Figure 6-6)
0 Watchdog Timer
*
1
M U X
Postscaler 8 8 - to -1 MUX PS<2:0>
WDT Enable Bit
PSA
*
0 MUX 1
To TMR0 (Figure 6-6)
PSA
WDT Time-out
Note: T0SE, T0CS, PSA, PS0-PS2 are bits in the OPTION register.
TABLE 14-9:
SUMMARY OF WATCHDOG TIMER REGISTERS
Value on POR Reset
uuuu uuuu 1111 1111
Address
2007h 81h
Name
Config. bits OPTION
Bit 7
LVP RBPU
Bit 6
BOREN INTEDG
Bit 5
MCLRE T0CS
Bit 4
FOSC2 T0SE
Bit 3
PWRTE PSA
Bit 2
WDTE PS2
Bit 1
FOSC1 PS1
Bit 0
FOSC0 PS0
Value on all other Resets
uuuu uuuu 1111 1111
Legend: Shaded cells are not used by the Watchdog Timer. Note:
_
= Unimplemented location, read as "0" + = Reserved for future use
DS40300B-page 110
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
14.9 Power-Down Mode (SLEEP)
The Power-down mode is entered by executing a SLEEP instruction. If enabled, the Watchdog Timer will be cleared but keeps running, the PD bit in the STATUS register is cleared, the TO bit is set, and the oscillator driver is turned off. The I/O ports maintain the status they had, before SLEEP was executed (driving high, low, or hi-impedance). For lowest current consumption in this mode, all I/O pins should be either at VDD, or VSS, with no external circuitry drawing current from the I/O pin and the comparators and VREF should be disabled. I/O pins that are hi-impedance inputs should be pulled high or low externally to avoid switching currents caused by floating inputs. The T0CKI input should also be at VDD or VSS for lowest current consumption. The contribution from on chip pull-ups on PORTB should be considered. The MCLR pin must be at a logic high level (VIHMC). Note: It should be noted that a RESET generated by a WDT time-out does not drive MCLR pin low. WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP The first event will cause a device reset. The two latter events are considered a continuation of program execution. The TO and PD bits in the STATUS register can be used to determine the cause of device reset. PD bit, which is set on power-up is cleared when SLEEP is invoked. TO bit is cleared if WDT Wake-up occurred. When the SLEEP instruction is being executed, the next instruction (PC + 1) is pre-fetched. For the device to wake-up through an interrupt event, the corresponding interrupt enable bit must be set (enabled). Wake-up is regardless of the state of the GIE bit. If the GIE bit is clear (disabled), the device continues execution at the instruction after the SLEEP instruction. If the GIE bit is set (enabled), the device executes the instruction after the SLEEP instruction and then branches to the interrupt address (0004h). In cases where the execution of the instruction following SLEEP is not desirable, the user should have an NOP after the SLEEP instruction. Note: If the global interrupts are disabled (GIE is cleared), but any interrupt source has both its interrupt enable bit and the corresponding interrupt flag bits set, the device will immediately wakeup from sleep. The sleep instruction is completely executed.
14.9.1
The device can wake-up from SLEEP through one of the following events: 1. 2. 3. External reset input on MCLR pin Watchdog Timer Wake-up (if WDT was enabled) Interrupt from RB0/INT pin, RB Port change, or the Peripheral Interrupt (Comparator).
The WDT is cleared when the device wakes-up from sleep, regardless of the source of wake-up.
FIGURE 14-19: WAKE-UP FROM SLEEP THROUGH INTERRUPT
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 OSC1 CLKOUT(4) INT pin INTF flag (INTCON<1>) GIE bit (INTCON<7>) INSTRUCTION FLOW PC Instruction fetched Instruction executed PC Inst(PC) = SLEEP Inst(PC - 1) PC+1 Inst(PC + 1) SLEEP PC+2 PC+2 Inst(PC + 2) Inst(PC + 1) Dummy cycle PC + 2 0004h Inst(0004h) Dummy cycle 0005h Inst(0005h) Inst(0004h) Processor in SLEEP Interrupt Latency (Note 2) TOST(2) Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4
Note 1: 2: 3: 4:
XT, HS or LP oscillator mode assumed. TOST = 1024TOSC (drawing not to scale). Approximately 1 s delay will be there for ER osc mode. GIE = '1' assumed. In this case after wake- up, the processor jumps to the interrupt routine. If GIE = '0', execution will continue in-line. CLKOUT is not available in these osc modes, but shown here for timing reference.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 111
PIC16F62X
14.10 Code Protection
If the code protection bit(s) have not been programmed, the on-chip program memory can be read out for verification purposes. Note: The entire data EEPROM and FLASH program memory will be erased when the code protection is turned off. The INTRC calibration data is not erased.
FIGURE 14-20: TYPICAL IN-CIRCUIT SERIAL PROGRAMMING CONNECTION
To Normal Connections PIC16F62X VDD VSS RA5/MCLR/THV RB6 RB7 VDD To Normal Connections
External Connector Signals +5V
14.11
ID Locations
0V VPP CLK Data I/O
Four memory locations (2000h-2003h) are designated as ID locations where the user can store checksum or other code-identification numbers. These locations are not accessible during normal execution but are readable and writable during program/verify. Only the least significant 4 bits of the ID locations are used.
14.12
In-Circuit Serial Programming
The PIC16F62X microcontrollers can be serially programmed while in the end application circuit. This is simply done with two lines for clock and data, and three other lines for power, ground, and the programming voltage. This allows customers to manufacture boards with unprogrammed devices, and then program the microcontroller just before shipping the product. This also allows the most recent firmware or a custom firmware to be programmed. The device is placed into a program/verify mode by holding the RB6 and RB7 pins low while raising the MCLR (VPP) pin from VIL to VIHH (see programming specification). RB6 becomes the programming clock and RB7 becomes the programming data. Both RB6 and RB7 are Schmitt Trigger inputs in this mode. After reset, to place the device into programming/verify mode, the program counter (PC) is at location 00h. A 6-bit command is then supplied to the device. Depending on the command, 14-bits of program data are then supplied to or from the device, depending if the command was a load or a read. For complete details of serial programming, please refer to the Programming Specifications. A typical in-circuit serial programming connection is shown in Figure 14-20.
14.13
Low Voltage Programming
The LVP bit of the configuration word, enables the low voltage programming. This mode allows the microcontroller to be programmed via ICSP using only a 5V source. This mode removes the requirement of VIHH to be placed on the MCLR pin. The LVP bit is normally erased to '1' which enables the low voltage programming. In this mode, the RB4/PGM pin is dedicated to the programming function and ceases to be a general purpose I/O pin. The device will enter programming mode when a '1' is placed on the RB4/PGM pin. The HV programming mode is still available by placing VIHH on the MCLR pin. Note 1: While in this mode the RB4 pin can no longer be used as a general purpose I/O pin. 2: VDD must be 5.0V +10% during erase/program operations while in low voltage programming mode.
If Low-voltage programming mode is not used, the LVP bit can be programmed to a '0' and RB4/PGM becomes a digital I/O pin. To program the device, VIHH must be placed onto MCLR during programming. The LVP bit may only be programmed when programming is entered with VIHH on MCLR. The LVP bit cannot be programmed when programming is entered with RB4/PGM. It should be noted, that once the LVP bit is programmed to 0, only the high voltage programming mode is available and only high voltage programming mode can be used to program the device.
DS40300B-page 112
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
15.0 INSTRUCTION SET SUMMARY
Each PIC16F62X instruction is a 14-bit word divided into an OPCODE which specifies the instruction type and one or more operands which further specify the operation of the instruction. The PIC16F62X instruction set summary in Table 15-2 lists byte-oriented, bit-oriented, and literal and control operations. Table 15-1 shows the opcode field descriptions. For byte-oriented instructions, 'f' represents a file register designator and 'd' represents a destination designator. The file register designator specifies which file register is to be used by the instruction. The destination designator specifies where the result of the operation is to be placed. If 'd' is zero, the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is one, the result is placed in the file register specified in the instruction. For bit-oriented instructions, 'b' represents a bit field designator which selects the number of the bit affected by the operation, while 'f' represents the number of the file in which the bit is located. For literal and control operations, 'k' represents an eight or eleven bit constant or literal value. The instruction set is highly orthogonal and is grouped into three basic categories: * Byte-oriented operations * Bit-oriented operations * Literal and control operations All instructions are executed within one single instruction cycle, unless a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction. In this case, the execution takes two instruction cycles with the second cycle executed as a NOP. One instruction cycle consists of four oscillator periods. Thus, for an oscillator frequency of 4 MHz, the normal instruction execution time is 1 s. If a conditional test is true or the program counter is changed as a result of an instruction, the instruction execution time is 2 s. Table 15-1 lists the instructions recognized by the MPASM assembler. Figure 15-1 shows the three general formats that the instructions can have. Note: To maintain upward compatibility with future PICmicro(R) products, do not use the OPTION and TRIS instructions.
TABLE 15-1:
Field
f W b k x
OPCODE FIELD DESCRIPTIONS
Description
All examples use the following format to represent a hexadecimal number: 0xhh where h signifies a hexadecimal digit.
Register file address (0x00 to 0x7F) Working register (accumulator) Bit address within an 8-bit file register Literal field, constant data or label Don't care location (= 0 or 1) The assembler will generate code with x = 0. It is the recommended form of use for compatibility with all Microchip software tools. Destination select; d = 0: store result in W, d = 1: store result in file register f. Default is d = 1 Top of Stack Program Counter Global Interrupt Enable bit Watchdog Timer/Counter Time-out bit Power-down bit
FIGURE 15-1: GENERAL FORMAT FOR INSTRUCTIONS
Byte-oriented file register operations 13 876 OPCODE d f (FILE #) d = 0 for destination W d = 1 for destination f f = 7-bit file register address Bit-oriented file register operations 13 10 9 76 OPCODE b (BIT #) f (FILE #) b = 3-bit bit address f = 7-bit file register address Literal and control operations General 13 OPCODE k = 8-bit immediate value CALL and GOTO instructions only 13 11 OPCODE 10 k (literal) 0 8 7 k (literal) 0 0
d
label Label name TOS PC GIE WDT TO PD 0
PCLATH Program Counter High Latch
dest Destination either the W register or the specified register file location [] Options Contents Assigned to Register bit field In the set of User defined term (font is courier)
() <> italics
k = 11-bit immediate value
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 113
PIC16F62X
TABLE 15-2:
Mnemonic, Operands
PIC16F62X INSTRUCTION SET
Description Cycles MSb 14-Bit Opcode LSb Status Affected Notes
BYTE-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS ADDWF ANDWF CLRF CLRW COMF DECF DECFSZ INCF INCFSZ IORWF MOVF MOVWF NOP RLF RRF SUBWF SWAPF XORWF f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d f f, d f, d f, d f, d f, d Add W and f AND W with f Clear f Clear W Complement f Decrement f Decrement f, Skip if 0 Increment f Increment f, Skip if 0 Inclusive OR W with f Move f Move W to f No Operation Rotate Left f through Carry Rotate Right f through Carry Subtract W from f Swap nibbles in f Exclusive OR W with f 1 1 1 1 1 1 1(2) 1 1(2) 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 0111 0101 0001 0001 1001 0011 1011 1010 1111 0100 1000 0000 0000 1101 1100 0010 1110 0110 dfff dfff lfff 0000 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff lfff 0xx0 dfff dfff dfff dfff dfff ffff ffff ffff 0011 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff 0000 ffff ffff ffff ffff ffff C,DC,Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z 1,2 1,2 2 1,2 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2,3 1,2 1,2
C C C,DC,Z Z
1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2 1,2
BIT-ORIENTED FILE REGISTER OPERATIONS BCF BSF BTFSC BTFSS f, b f, b f, b f, b Bit Clear f Bit Set f Bit Test f, Skip if Clear Bit Test f, Skip if Set 1 1 1 (2) 1 (2) 01 01 01 01 00bb 01bb 10bb 11bb bfff bfff bfff bfff ffff ffff ffff ffff 1,2 1,2 3 3
LITERAL AND CONTROL OPERATIONS ADDLW ANDLW CALL CLRWDT GOTO IORLW MOVLW RETFIE RETLW RETURN SLEEP SUBLW XORLW k k k k k k k k k Add literal and W AND literal with W Call subroutine Clear Watchdog Timer Go to address Inclusive OR literal with W Move literal to W Return from interrupt Return with literal in W Return from Subroutine Go into standby mode Subtract W from literal Exclusive OR literal with W 1 1 2 1 2 1 1 2 2 2 1 1 1 11 11 10 00 10 11 11 00 11 00 00 11 11 111x 1001 0kkk 0000 1kkk 1000 00xx 0000 01xx 0000 0000 110x 1010 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk 0000 kkkk 0000 0110 kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk kkkk 0100 kkkk kkkk kkkk 1001 kkkk 1000 0011 kkkk kkkk C,DC,Z Z TO,PD Z
TO,PD C,DC,Z Z
Note 1: When an I/O register is modified as a function of itself ( e.g., MOVF PORTB, 1), the value used will be that value present on the pins themselves. For example, if the data latch is '1' for a pin configured as input and is driven low by an external device, the data will be written back with a '0'. 2: If this instruction is executed on the TMR0 register (and, where applicable, d = 1), the prescaler will be cleared if assigned to the Timer0 Module. 3: If Program Counter (PC) is modified or a conditional test is true, the instruction requires two cycles. The second cycle is executed as a NOP.
DS40300B-page 114
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
15.1
ADDLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Instruction Descriptions
Add Literal and W [ label ] ADDLW 0 k 255 (W) + k (W) C, DC, Z
11 111x kkkk kkkk The contents of the W register are added to the eight bit literal 'k' and the result is placed in the W register.
ANDLW k Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
AND Literal with W [ label ] ANDLW 0 k 255 (W) .AND. (k) (W) Z
11 1001 kkkk kkkk The contents of W register are AND'ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register.
k
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
ADDLW 0x15 W W = = 0x10 0x25
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
ANDLW W W 0x5F = = 0xA3 0x03
Before Instruction After Instruction
Before Instruction After Instruction
ADDWF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Add W and f [ label ] ADDWF 0 f 127 d [0,1] (W) + (f) (dest) C, DC, Z
00 0111 dfff ffff Add the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
ANDWF f,d Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
AND W with f [ label ] ANDWF 0 f 127 d [0,1] (W) .AND. (f) (dest) Z
00 0101 dfff ffff AND the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
f,d
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
ADDWF FSR, 0 W= FSR = 0x17 0xC2 0xD9 0xC2
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
ANDWF FSR, 1 W= FSR = 0x17 0xC2 0x17 0x02
Before Instruction
Before Instruction
After Instruction
W= FSR =
After Instruction
W= FSR =
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 115
PIC16F62X
BCF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example 1 1
BCF FLAG_REG, 7 FLAG_REG = 0xC7
Bit Clear f [ label ] BCF 0 f 127 0b7 0 (f) None
01 00bb bfff ffff Bit 'b' in register 'f' is cleared.
BTFSC f,b Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Bit Test, Skip if Clear [ label ] BTFSC f,b 0 f 127 0b7 skip if (f) = 0 None
01 10bb bfff ffff If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '0' then the next instruction is skipped. If bit 'b' is '0' then the next instruction fetched during the current instruction execution is discarded, and a NOP is executed instead, making this a two-cycle instruction.
Before Instruction After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x47
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1(2)
HERE FALSE TRUE BTFSC GOTO * * * PC = FLAG,1 PROCESS_CODE
Before Instruction
address HERE
After Instruction
if FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address TRUE if FLAG<1>=1, PC = address FALSE
BSF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example
Bit Set f [ label ] BSF 0 f 127 0b7 1 (f) None
01 01bb bfff ffff Bit 'b' in register 'f' is set.
f,b
1 1
BSF FLAG_REG, 7
Before Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x0A
After Instruction
FLAG_REG = 0x8A
DS40300B-page 116
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
BTFSS Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Bit Test f, Skip if Set [ label ] BTFSS f,b 0 f 127 0b<7 skip if (f) = 1 None
01 11bb bfff ffff If bit 'b' in register 'f' is '1' then the next instruction is skipped. If bit 'b' is '1', then the next instruction fetched during the current instruction execution, is discarded and a NOP is executed instead, making this a two-cycle instruction.
CLRF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example
Clear f [ label ] CLRF 0 f 127 00h (f) 1Z Z
00 0001 1fff ffff The contents of register 'f' are cleared and the Z bit is set.
f
1 1
CLRF FLAG_REG FLAG_REG = = = 0x5A 0x00 1
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1(2)
HERE FALSE TRUE BTFSS GOTO * * * PC = FLAG,1 PROCESS_CODE
Before Instruction After Instruction
FLAG_REG Z
Before Instruction
address HERE
After Instruction
if FLAG<1> = 0, PC = address FALSE if FLAG<1> = 1, PC = address TRUE
CALL Syntax: Operands: Operation:
Call Subroutine [ label ] CALL k 0 k 2047 (PC)+ 1 TOS, k PC<10:0>, (PCLATH<4:3>) PC<12:11> None
10 0kkk kkkk kkkk Call Subroutine. First, return address (PC+1) is pushed onto the stack. The eleven bit immediate address is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of the PC are loaded from PCLATH. CALL is a two-cycle instruction.
CLRW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example
Clear W [ label ] CLRW None 00h (W) 1Z Z
00 0001 0000 0011 W register is cleared. Zero bit (Z) is set.
Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
1 1
CLRW
Words: Cycles: Example
1 2
HERE CALL THERE
Before Instruction
W W Z = = = 0x5A 0x00 1
After Instruction
Before Instruction
PC = Address HERE
After Instruction
PC = Address THERE TOS = Address HERE+1
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 117
PIC16F62X
CLRWDT Syntax: Operands: Operation: Clear Watchdog Timer [ label ] CLRWDT None 00h WDT 0 WDT prescaler, 1 TO 1 PD TO, PD
00 0000 0110 0100 CLRWDT instruction resets the Watchdog Timer. It also resets the prescaler of the WDT. Status bits TO and PD are set.
DECF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Decrement f [ label ] DECF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) - 1 (dest) Z
00 0011 dfff ffff Decrement register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
DECF CNT, 1 CNT Z = = = = 0x01 0 0x00 1
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
CLRWDT
Before Instruction
Before Instruction
WDT counter = ? 0x00 0 1 1
After Instruction
CNT Z
After Instruction
WDT counter = WDT prescaler= TO = PD =
COMF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Complement f [ label ] COMF 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) (dest) Z
00 1001 dfff ffff The contents of register 'f' are complemented. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in W. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
DECFSZ f,d Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Decrement f, Skip if 0 [ label ] DECFSZ f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) - 1 (dest); None
00 1011 dfff ffff
The contents of register 'f' are decremented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 0, the next instruction, which is already fetched, is discarded. A NOP is executed instead making it a two-cycle instruction.
skip if result = 0
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
COMF REG1,0 REG1 = = = 0x13 0x13 0xEC
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1(2)
DECFSZ GOTO CONTINUE * * * HERE CNT, 1 LOOP
Before Instruction After Instruction
REG1 W
Before Instruction
PC =
address HERE CNT - 1 0, address CONTINUE 0, address HERE+1
After Instruction
CNT if CNT PC if CNT PC = = = =
DS40300B-page 118
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
GOTO Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Unconditional Branch [ label ] GOTO k 0 k 2047 k PC<10:0> PCLATH<4:3> PC<12:11> None
10 1kkk kkkk kkkk GOTO is an unconditional branch. The eleven bit immediate value is loaded into PC bits <10:0>. The upper bits of PC are loaded from PCLATH<4:3>. GOTO is a two-cycle instruction.
INCFSZ Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Increment f, Skip if 0 [ label ] INCFSZ f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) + 1 (dest), skip if result = 0 None
00 1111 dfff ffff The contents of register 'f' are incremented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. If the result is 0, the next instruction, which is already fetched, is discarded. A NOP is executed instead making it a two-cycle instruction.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 2
GOTO THERE
Words: Cycles:
Address THERE
1 1(2)
INCFSZ GOTO CONTINUE * * * HERE CNT, LOOP 1
After Instruction
PC =
Example
Before Instruction
PC = address HERE CNT + 1 0, address CONTINUE 0, address HERE +1
After Instruction
CNT = if CNT= PC = if CNT PC =
INCF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Increment f [ label ] INCF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) + 1 (dest) Z
00 1010 dfff ffff The contents of register 'f' are incremented. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'.
IORLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Inclusive OR Literal with W [ label ] IORLW k 0 k 255 (W) .OR. k (W) Z
11 1000 kkkk kkkk The contents of the W register is OR'ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
IORLW W 0x35 = = = 0x9A 0xBF 1
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
INCF CNT, 1 CNT Z = = = = 0xFF 0 0x00 1
Before Instruction After Instruction
W Z
Before Instruction
After Instruction
CNT Z
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 119
PIC16F62X
IORWF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Inclusive OR W with f [ label ] IORWF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (W) .OR. (f) (dest) Z
00 0100 dfff ffff Inclusive OR the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'.
MOVF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Move f [ label ] MOVF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) (dest) Z
00 1000 dfff ffff The contents of register f is moved to a destination dependent upon the status of d. If d = 0, destination is W register. If d = 1, the destination is file register f itself. d = 1 is useful to test a file register since status flag Z is affected.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
IORWF RESULT, 0 RESULT = W = 0x13 0x91 0x13 0x93 1
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
MOVF FSR, 0 W = value in FSR register Z =1
Before Instruction
After Instruction
RESULT = W = Z =
After Instruction
MOVLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Move Literal to W [ label ] k (W) None
11 00xx kkkk kkkk The eight bit literal 'k' is loaded into W register. The don't cares will assemble as 0's.
MOVWF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example
Move W to f [ label ] (W) (f) None
00 0000 1fff ffff Move data from W register to register 'f'.
MOVLW k
MOVWF
f
0 k 255
0 f 127
1 1
MOVWF OPTION OPTION = W = 0xFF 0x4F 0x4F 0x4F
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
MOVLW W 0x5A = 0x5A
Before Instruction
After Instruction
After Instruction
OPTION = W =
DS40300B-page 120
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
NOP Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Words: Cycles: Example 1 1
NOP
No Operation [ label ] None No operation None
00 0000 0xx0 0000
RETFIE Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Return from Interrupt [ label ] None TOS PC, 1 GIE None
00 0000 0000 1001 Return from Interrupt. Stack is POPed and Top of Stack (TOS) is loaded in the PC. Interrupts are enabled by setting Global Interrupt Enable bit, GIE (INTCON<7>). This is a two-cycle instruction.
NOP
RETFIE
No operation.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 2
RETFIE
After Interrupt
PC = GIE = TOS 1
OPTION Syntax: Operands: Operation: Encoding: Description:
Load Option Register [ label ] None (W) OPTION
00 0000 0110 0010
RETLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Return with Literal in W [ label ] RETLW k 0 k 255 k (W); TOS PC None
11 01xx kkkk kkkk The W register is loaded with the eight bit literal 'k'. The program counter is loaded from the top of the stack (the return address). This is a two-cycle instruction.
OPTION
Status Affected: None
The contents of the W register are loaded in the OPTION register. This instruction is supported for code compatibility with PIC16C5X products. Since OPTION is a readable/writable register, the user can directly address it.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
To maintain upward compatibility with future PICmicro(R) products, do not use this instruction.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 2
CALL TABLE * value * TABLE * ADDWF RETLW RETLW * * * RETLW ;W contains table ;offset value ;W now has table
PC k1 k2
;W = offset ;Begin table ;
kn
; End of table
Before Instruction
W W = = 0x07 value of k8
After Instruction
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 121
PIC16F62X
RETURN Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Return from Subroutine [ label ] None TOS PC None
00 0000 0000 1000 Return from subroutine. The stack is POPed and the top of the stack (TOS) is loaded into the program counter. This is a two cycle instruction.
RRF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Rotate Right f through Carry [ label ] RRF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] See description below C
00 1100 dfff ffff The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the right through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed back in register 'f'. C Register f
RETURN
Words: Cycles: Example
1 2
RETURN
After Interrupt
PC = TOS
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
RRF REG1 C REG1,0 = = = = = 1110 0110 0 1110 0110 0111 0011 0
Before Instruction
After Instruction
REG1 W C
RLF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Rotate Left f through Carry [ label ] 0 f 127 d [0,1] See description below C
00 1101 dfff ffff The contents of register 'f' are rotated one bit to the left through the Carry Flag. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'. C Register f
SLEEP Syntax: Operands: Operation: [ label ] None 00h WDT, 0 WDT prescaler, 1 TO, 0 PD TO, PD
00 0000 0110 0011 The power-down status bit, PD is cleared. Time-out status bit, TO is set. Watchdog Timer and its prescaler are cleared. The processor is put into SLEEP mode with the oscillator stopped. See Section 14.9 for more details.
RLF
f,d
SLEEP
Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
RLF REG1,0 REG1 C
Words: Cycles: Example:
1 1 SLEEP
Before Instruction
= = = = = 1110 0110 0 1110 0110 1100 1100 1
After Instruction
REG1 W C
DS40300B-page 122
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
SUBLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Subtract W from Literal [ label ] SUBLW k 0 k 255 k - (W) (W) C, DC, Z 11 110x kkkk kkkk Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: SUBWF Syntax: Operands: Subtract W from f [ label ] 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f) - (W) (dest) C, DC, Z 00 0010 dfff ffff SUBWF f,d
The W register is subtracted (2's complement method) from the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register.
Words: Cycles: Example 1:
1 1 SUBLW 0x02
W C = = 1 ?
Subtract (2's complement method) W register from register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
Words: Cycles: Example 1:
1 1 SUBWF
REG1 W C
Before Instruction
REG1,1
= = = 3 2 ?
Before Instruction
After Instruction
W C = = 1 1; result is positive
Example 2:
Before Instruction
W C = = 2 ?
After Instruction
REG1 W C = = = 1 2 1; result is positive
After Instruction
W C = = 0 1; result is zero
Example 2:
Before Instruction
REG1 W C = = = 2 2 ?
Example 3:
Before Instruction
W C = = 3 ?
After Instruction
REG1 W C = = = 0 2 1; result is zero
After Instruction
W= C = tive 0xFF 0; result is nega-
Example 3:
Before Instruction
REG1 W C = = = 1 2 ?
After Instruction
REG1 W C = = = 0xFF 2 0; result is negative
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 123
PIC16F62X
SWAPF Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description: Swap Nibbles in f [ label ] SWAPF f,d 0 f 127 d [0,1] (f<3:0>) (dest<7:4>), (f<7:4>) (dest<3:0>) None
00
XORLW Syntax: Operands: Operation: Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
Exclusive OR Literal with W [ label ] XORLW k 0 k 255 (W) .XOR. k (W) Z 11 1010 kkkk kkkk
The contents of the W register are XOR'ed with the eight bit literal 'k'. The result is placed in the W register.
1110
dfff
ffff
The upper and lower nibbles of register 'f' are exchanged. If 'd' is 0 the result is placed in W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is placed in register 'f'.
Words: Cycles: Example:
1 1 XORLW 0xAF
W = 0xB5
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
SWAPF REG, 0
Before Instruction After Instruction
W = = 0xA5 0x5A = 0x1A
Before Instruction
REG1 = 0xA5
After Instruction
REG1 W
TRIS Syntax: Operands: Operation: Encoding: Description:
Load TRIS Register [ label ] TRIS 5f7 (W) TRIS register f; f
XORWF Syntax: Operands: Operation:
Exclusive OR W with f [ label ] XORWF 0 f 127 d [0,1] (W) .XOR. (f) (dest) Z
00 0110 dfff ffff Exclusive OR the contents of the W register with register 'f'. If 'd' is 0 the result is stored in the W register. If 'd' is 1 the result is stored back in register 'f'.
f,d
Status Affected: None
00
0000
0110
0fff
Status Affected: Encoding: Description:
The instruction is supported for code compatibility with the PIC16C5X products. Since TRIS registers are readable and writable, the user can directly address them.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1
To maintain upward compatibility with future PICmicro(R) products, do not use this instruction.
Words: Cycles: Example
1 1 XORWF
REG 1
Before Instruction
REG W = = 0xAF 0xB5
After Instruction
REG W = = 0x1A 0xB5
DS40300B-page 124
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
16.0 DEVELOPMENT SUPPORT
MPLAB allows you to: * Edit your source files (either assembly or `C') * One touch assemble (or compile) and download to PICmicro tools (automatically updates all project information) * Debug using: - source files - absolute listing file - object code The ability to use MPLAB with Microchip's simulator, MPLAB-SIM, allows a consistent platform and the ability to easily switch from the cost-effective simulator to the full featured emulator with minimal retraining. The PICmicro(R) microcontrollers are supported with a full range of hardware and software development tools: * Integrated Development Environment - MPLABTM IDE Software * Assemblers/Compilers/Linkers - MPASM Assembler - MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 C Compilers - MPLINK/MPLIB Linker/Librarian * Simulators - MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator * Emulators - MPLAB-ICE Real-Time In-Circuit Emulator - PICMASTER(R)/PICMASTER-CE In-Circuit Emulator - ICEPICTM * In-Circuit Debugger - MPLAB-ICD for PIC16F877 * Device Programmers - PRO MATE(R) II Universal Programmer - PICSTART(R) Plus Entry-Level Prototype Programmer * Low-Cost Demonstration Boards - SIMICE - PICDEM-1 - PICDEM-2 - PICDEM-3 - PICDEM-17 - SEEVAL(R) - KEELOQ(R)
16.2
MPASM Assembler
MPASM is a full featured universal macro assembler for all PICmicro MCU's. It can produce absolute code directly in the form of HEX files for device programmers, or it can generate relocatable objects for MPLINK. MPASM has a command line interface and a Windows shell and can be used as a standalone application on a Windows 3.x or greater system. MPASM generates relocatable object files, Intel standard HEX files, MAP files to detail memory usage and symbol reference, an absolute LST file which contains source lines and generated machine code, and a COD file for MPLAB debugging. MPASM features include: * MPASM and MPLINK are integrated into MPLAB projects. * MPASM allows user defined macros to be created for streamlined assembly. * MPASM allows conditional assembly for multi purpose source files. * MPASM directives allow complete control over the assembly process.
16.1
MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software
*
* * * * *
- The MPLAB IDE software brings an ease of software development previously unseen in the 8-bit microcontroller market. MPLAB is a Windows(R)-based application which contains: Multiple functionality - editor - simulator - programmer (sold separately) - emulator (sold separately) A full featured editor A project manager Customizable tool bar and key mapping A status bar On-line help
16.3
MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 C Compilers
The MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 Code Development Systems are complete ANSI `C' compilers and integrated development environments for Microchip's PIC17CXXX and PIC18CXXX family of microcontrollers, respectively. These compilers provide powerful integration capabilities and ease of use not found with other compilers. For easier source level debugging, the compilers provide symbol information that is compatible with the MPLAB IDE memory display.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 125
PIC16F62X
16.4 MPLINK/MPLIB Linker/Librarian
MPLINK is a relocatable linker for MPASM and MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18. It can link relocatable objects from assembly or C source files along with precompiled libraries using directives from a linker script. MPLIB is a librarian for pre-compiled code to be used with MPLINK. When a routine from a library is called from another source file, only the modules that contains that routine will be linked in with the application. This allows large libraries to be used efficiently in many different applications. MPLIB manages the creation and modification of library files. MPLINK features include: * MPLINK works with MPASM and MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18. * MPLINK allows all memory areas to be defined as sections to provide link-time flexibility. MPLIB features include: * MPLIB makes linking easier because single libraries can be included instead of many smaller files. * MPLIB helps keep code maintainable by grouping related modules together. * MPLIB commands allow libraries to be created and modules to be added, listed, replaced, deleted, or extracted. Interchangeable processor modules allow the system to be easily reconfigured for emulation of different processors. The universal architecture of the MPLAB-ICE allows expansion to support new PICmicro microcontrollers. The MPLAB-ICE Emulator System has been designed as a real-time emulation system with advanced features that are generally found on more expensive development tools. The PC platform and Microsoft(R) Windows 3.x/95/98 environment were chosen to best make these features available to you, the end user. MPLAB-ICE 2000 is a full-featured emulator system with enhanced trace, trigger, and data monitoring features. Both systems use the same processor modules and will operate across the full operating speed range of the PICmicro MCU.
16.7
PICMASTER/PICMASTER CE
The PICMASTER system from Microchip Technology is a full-featured, professional quality emulator system. This flexible in-circuit emulator provides a high-quality, universal platform for emulating Microchip 8-bit PICmicro microcontrollers (MCUs). PICMASTER systems are sold worldwide, with a CE compliant model available for European Union (EU) countries.
16.8
ICEPIC
16.5
MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator
The MPLAB-SIM Software Simulator allows code development in a PC host environment by simulating the PICmicro series microcontrollers on an instruction level. On any given instruction, the data areas can be examined or modified and stimuli can be applied from a file or user-defined key press to any of the pins. The execution can be performed in single step, execute until break, or trace mode. MPLAB-SIM fully supports symbolic debugging using MPLAB-C17 and MPLAB-C18 and MPASM. The Software Simulator offers the flexibility to develop and debug code outside of the laboratory environment making it an excellent multi-project software development tool.
ICEPIC is a low-cost in-circuit emulation solution for the Microchip Technology PIC16C5X, PIC16C6X, PIC16C7X, and PIC16CXXX families of 8-bit one-timeprogrammable (OTP) microcontrollers. The modular system can support different subsets of PIC16C5X or PIC16CXXX products through the use of interchangeable personality modules or daughter boards. The emulator is capable of emulating without target application circuitry being present.
16.9
MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger
16.6
MPLAB-ICE High Performance Universal In-Circuit Emulator with MPLAB IDE
The MPLAB-ICE Universal In-Circuit Emulator is intended to provide the product development engineer with a complete microcontroller design tool set for PICmicro microcontrollers (MCUs). Software control of MPLAB-ICE is provided by the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE), which allows editing, "make" and download, and source debugging from a single environment.
Microchip's In-Circuit Debugger, MPLAB-ICD, is a powerful, low-cost run-time development tool. This tool is based on the flash PIC16F877 and can be used to develop for this and other PICmicro microcontrollers from the PIC16CXXX family. MPLAB-ICD utilizes the In-Circuit Debugging capability built into the PIC16F87X. This feature, along with Microchip's In-Circuit Serial Programming protocol, offers cost-effective in-circuit flash programming and debugging from the graphical user interface of the MPLAB Integrated Development Environment. This enables a designer to develop and debug source code by watching variables, single-stepping and setting break points. Running at full speed enables testing hardware in real-time. The MPLAB-ICD is also a programmer for the flash PIC16F87X family.
DS40300B-page 126
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
16.10 PRO MATE II Universal Programmer
The PRO MATE II Universal Programmer is a full-featured programmer capable of operating in stand-alone mode as well as PC-hosted mode. PRO MATE II is CE compliant. The PRO MATE II has programmable VDD and VPP supplies which allows it to verify programmed memory at VDD min and VDD max for maximum reliability. It has an LCD display for instructions and error messages, keys to enter commands and a modular detachable socket assembly to support various package types. In stand-alone mode the PRO MATE II can read, verify or program PICmicro devices. It can also set code-protect bits in this mode. the PICDEM-1 board, on a PRO MATE II or PICSTART-Plus programmer, and easily test firmware. The user can also connect the PICDEM-1 board to the MPLAB-ICE emulator and download the firmware to the emulator for testing. Additional prototype area is available for the user to build some additional hardware and connect it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, push-button switches and eight LEDs connected to PORTB.
16.14
PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demonstration Board
16.11
PICSTART Plus Entry Level Development System
The PICSTART programmer is an easy-to-use, lowcost prototype programmer. It connects to the PC via one of the COM (RS-232) ports. MPLAB Integrated Development Environment software makes using the programmer simple and efficient. PICSTART Plus supports all PICmicro devices with up to 40 pins. Larger pin count devices such as the PIC16C92X, and PIC17C76X may be supported with an adapter socket. PICSTART Plus is CE compliant.
16.12
SIMICE Entry-Level Hardware Simulator
The PICDEM-2 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C62, PIC16C64, PIC16C65, PIC16C73 and PIC16C74 microcontrollers. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-2 board, on a PRO MATE II programmer or PICSTART-Plus, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB-ICE emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-2 board to test firmware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding additional hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include a RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a Serial EEPROM to demonstrate usage of the I2C bus and separate headers for connection to an LCD module and a keypad.
SIMICE is an entry-level hardware development system designed to operate in a PC-based environment with Microchip's simulator MPLAB-SIM. Both SIMICE and MPLAB-SIM run under Microchip Technology's MPLAB Integrated Development Environment (IDE) software. Specifically, SIMICE provides hardware simulation for Microchip's PIC12C5XX, PIC12CE5XX, and PIC16C5X families of PICmicro 8-bit microcontrollers. SIMICE works in conjunction with MPLAB-SIM to provide non-real-time I/O port emulation. SIMICE enables a developer to run simulator code for driving the target system. In addition, the target system can provide input to the simulator code. This capability allows for simple and interactive debugging without having to manually generate MPLAB-SIM stimulus files. SIMICE is a valuable debugging tool for entry-level system development.
16.15
PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demonstration Board
16.13
PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demonstration Board
The PICDEM-1 is a simple board which demonstrates the capabilities of several of Microchip's microcontrollers. The microcontrollers supported are: PIC16C5X (PIC16C54 to PIC16C58A), PIC16C61, PIC16C62X, PIC16C71, PIC16C8X, PIC17C42, PIC17C43 and PIC17C44. All necessary hardware and software is included to run basic demo programs. The users can program the sample microcontrollers provided with
The PICDEM-3 is a simple demonstration board that supports the PIC16C923 and PIC16C924 in the PLCC package. It will also support future 44-pin PLCC microcontrollers with a LCD Module. All the necessary hardware and software is included to run the basic demonstration programs. The user can program the sample microcontrollers provided with the PICDEM-3 board, on a PRO MATE II programmer or PICSTART Plus with an adapter socket, and easily test firmware. The MPLAB-ICE emulator may also be used with the PICDEM-3 board to test firmware. Additional prototype area has been provided to the user for adding hardware and connecting it to the microcontroller socket(s). Some of the features include an RS-232 interface, push-button switches, a potentiometer for simulated analog input, a thermistor and separate headers for connection to an external LCD module and a keypad. Also provided on the PICDEM-3 board is an LCD panel, with 4 commons and 12 segments, that is capable of displaying time, temperature and day of the week. The PICDEM-3 provides an additional RS-232 interface and Windows 3.1 software for showing the demultiplexed LCD signals on a PC. A simple serial interface allows the user to construct a hardware demultiplexer for the LCD signals.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 127
PIC16F62X
16.16 PICDEM-17
The PICDEM-17 is an evaluation board that demonstrates the capabilities of several Microchip microcontrollers, including PIC17C752, PIC17C756, PIC17C762, and PIC17C766. All necessary hardware is included to run basic demo programs, which are supplied on a 3.5-inch disk. A programmed sample is included, and the user may erase it and program it with the other sample programs using the PRO MATE II or PICSTART Plus device programmers and easily debug and test the sample code. In addition, PICDEM-17 supports down-loading of programs to and executing out of external FLASH memory on board. The PICDEM-17 is also usable with the MPLAB-ICE or PICMASTER emulator, and all of the sample programs can be run and modified using either emulator. Additionally, a generous prototype area is available for user hardware.
16.17
SEEVAL Evaluation and Programming System
The SEEVAL SEEPROM Designer's Kit supports all Microchip 2-wire and 3-wire Serial EEPROMs. The kit includes everything necessary to read, write, erase or program special features of any Microchip SEEPROM product including Smart SerialsTM and secure serials. The Total EnduranceTM Disk is included to aid in tradeoff analysis and reliability calculations. The total kit can significantly reduce time-to-market and result in an optimized system.
16.18
K EELOQ Evaluation and Programming Tools
KEELOQ evaluation and programming tools support Microchips HCS Secure Data Products. The HCS evaluation kit includes an LCD display to show changing codes, a decoder to decode transmissions, and a programming interface to program test transmitters.
DS40300B-page 128
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
24CXX/ 25CXX/ 93CXX
PIC14000
HCSXXX
PIC16C5X
PIC16C6X
PIC16C7X
PIC16C8X
PIC17C4X
MCRFXXX
MCP2510
TABLE 16-1:
PIC16F62X
PIC16C7XX
PIC16F8XX
PIC16C9XX
PIC17C7XX
PIC12CXXX
MPLABTM Integrated Development Environment
PIC16CXXX
aa
aa
MPLABTM C17 Compiler
Software Tools
MPLABTM C18 Compiler
Emulators
Programmers Debugger
Demo Boards and Eval Kits
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC18CXX2
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
MPASM/MPLINK
a
a
aaa
aa
aa
MPLABTM-ICE
**
aaa
aaa
aaa
PICMASTER/PICMASTER-CE
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
aaa a
ICEPICTM Low-Cost In-Circuit Emulator
MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger
*
*
a
**
a
a
PICSTART(R)Plus Low-Cost Universal Dev. Kit
a
**
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
PRO MATE(R) II Universal Programmer
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
a
DEVELOPMENT TOOLS FROM MICROCHIP
Preliminary
a aa
SIMICE
PICDEM-1
a
a
a
PICDEM-2
aa
a
a
PICDEM-3
a
PICDEM-14A
a
PICDEM-17
a
KEELOQ(R) Evaluation Kit
aa
KEELOQ Transponder Kit
microIDTM Programmer's Kit
125 kHz microID Developer's Kit
aa a
125 kHz Anticollision microID Developer's Kit
13.56 MHz Anticollision microID Developer's Kit
a
MCP2510 CAN Developer's Kit
a
PIC16F62X
DS40300B-page 129
* Contact the Microchip Technology Inc. web site at www.microchip.com for information on how to use the MPLAB-ICD In-Circuit Debugger (DV164001) with PIC16C62, 63, 64, 65, 72, 73, 74, 76, 77 ** Contact Microchip Technology Inc. for availability date. Development tool is available on select devices.
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 130
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
17.0 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
Absolute Maximum Ratings Ambient temperature under bias................................................................................................................. -40 to +125C Storage temperature .............................................................................................................................. -65C to +150C Voltage on VDD with respect to VSS ........................................................................................................... -0.3 to +6.5V Voltage on MCLR and RA4 with respect to VSS ..........................................................................................-0.3 to +14V Voltage on all other pins with respect to VSS ....................................................................................-0.3V to VDD + 0.3V Total power dissipation (Note 1)...........................................................................................................................800 mW Maximum current out of VSS pin ...........................................................................................................................300 mA Maximum current into VDD pin ..............................................................................................................................250 mA Input clamp current, IIK (VI < 0 or VI > VDD)..................................................................................................................... 20 mA Output clamp current, IOK (Vo < 0 or Vo >VDD)............................................................................................................... 20 mA Maximum output current sunk by any I/O pin..........................................................................................................25 mA Maximum output current sourced by any I/O pin ....................................................................................................25 mA Maximum current sunk by PORTA and PORTB....................................................................................................200 mA Maximum current sourced by PORTA and PORTB ..............................................................................................200 mA Note 1: Power dissipation is calculated as follows: Pdis = VDD x {IDD - IOH} + {(VDD-VOH) x IOH} + (VOl x IOL) NOTICE: Stresses above those listed under "Absolute Maximum Ratings" may cause permanent damage to the device. This is a stress rating only and functional operation of the device at those or any other conditions above those indicated in the operation listings of this specification is not implied. Exposure to maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device reliability. Note: Voltage spikes below VSS at the MCLR pin, inducing currents greater than 80 mA, may cause latch-up. Thus, a series resistor of 50-100 should be used when applying a "low" level to the MCLR pin rather than pulling this pin directly to VSS.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 131
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 17-1: PIC16F62X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, 0C TA +70C
6.0 5.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 0 4 10 Frequency (MHz) 20 25
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
FIGURE 17-2: PIC16F62X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C TA < 0C, +70C < TA 85C
6.0 5.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 0 4 10 Frequency (MHz) 20 25
Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency.
DS40300B-page 132
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 17-3: PIC16LF62X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, 0C TA +70C
6.0 5.5 5.0 4.5 VDD (Volts) 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 0 4 10 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 20 25
FIGURE 17-4: PIC16LF62X VOLTAGE-FREQUENCY GRAPH, -40C TA < 0C, +70C < TA 85C
6.0 5.5 5.0 VDD (Volts) 4.5 4.0 3.5 3.0 2.5 2.0 0 4 10 Frequency (MHz) Note 1: The shaded region indicates the permissible combinations of voltage and frequency. 20 25
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 133
PIC16F62X
17.1 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F62X-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended) PIC16F62X-20 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
Param No.
D001 D002 D003 D004 D005 D010 D013
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C for industrial and 0C TA +70C for commercial and -40C TA +125C for extended Sym Characteristic Min Typ Max Units
VDD VDR VPOR SVDD VBOD IDD Supply Voltage RAM Data Retention Voltage (Note 1) VDD start voltage to ensure Power-on Reset VDD rise rate to ensure Power-on Reset Brown-out Detect Voltage Supply Current (Note 2, 5) 3.0 - - 0.05* 3.7 3.7 - - - - IPD Power Down Current (Note 3) - - - - - - - - 0 - 0 0 - - - - 1.5* Vss - 4.0 4.0 - 4.0 - - - - - - 6.0 75 30 5.5 - - - 4.3 4.4 0.7 7.0 6.0 2.0 2.2 5.0 9.0 15.0 20 25 125 50 135 200 4 4 20 V V V V/ms V mA mA mA mA A A A A A A A A A KHz MHz MHz MHz
Conditions
Device in SLEEP mode See section on power-on reset for details See section on power-on reset for details BODEN configuration bit is cleared (Extended) FOSC = 4.0 MHZ, VDD = 3.0 FOSC = 20.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5 FOSC = 20.0 MHz, VDD = 4.5 FOSC = 10.0 MHz, VDD = 3.0 VDD = 3.0 VDD = 4.5 VDD = 5.5 VDD = 5.5 Extended VDD=4.0V (125C) BOD enabled, VDD = 5.0V VDD = 4.0V VDD = 4.0V All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures
D020
IWDT D023
WDT Current (Note 4)
IBOD Brown-out Detect Current (Note 4) ICOMP Comparator Current for each Comparator (Note 4) IVREF VREF Current (Note 4) FOSC LP Oscillator Operating Frequency INTRC Oscillator Operating Frequency XT Oscillator Operating Frequency HS Oscillator Operating Frequency
1A
* Note 1: 2:
3: 4: 5:
These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C, unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1 = external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tri-stated, pulled to VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD or VSS. The current is the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. This current should be added to the base IDD or IPD measurement. For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula Ir = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in k.
DS40300B-page 134
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
17.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16LF62X-04 (Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C for industrial and 0C TA +70C for commercial and -40C TA +125C for extended Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Table 17.1 and Table 12-2 Sym Characteristic Min Typ Max Units Conditions
VDD VDR VPOR SVDD VBOD IDD Supply Voltage RAM Data Retention Voltage (Note 1) VDD start voltage to ensure Power-on Reset VDD rise rate to ensure Power-on Reset Brown-out Detect Voltage Supply Current (Note 2, 5) 2.0 - - 0.05* 3.7 - - - - IPD Power Down Current (Note 2) - - - - - - - - 0 - 0 0 1.5* VSS - 4.0 - 4.0 - - - - - - 6.0 75 30 - - - - 5.5 - - - 4.3 0.6 7.0 6.0 2.0 2.0 2.2 5.0 9.0 15.0 15 125 50 135 200 4 4 20 V V V V/ms V mA mA mA mA A A A A A A A A A KHz MHz MHz MHz Device in SLEEP mode See section on Power-on Reset for details See section on Power-on Reset for details BODEN configuration bit is cleared FOSC = 4.0 MHZ, VDD = 2.5 FOSC = 20.0 MHz, VDD = 5.5 FOSC = 20.0 MHz, VDD = 4.5 FOSC = 10.0 MHz, VDD = 3.0 VDD = 2.5 VDD = 3.0 VDD = 4.5 VDD = 5.5 VDD = 5.5 Extended VDD=3.0V BOD enabled, VDD = 5.0V VDD = 3.0V VDD = 3.0V All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures All temperatures
Param No.
D001 D002 D003 D004 D005 D010 D013
D020
D023
IWDT IBOD ICOMP IVREF
WDT Current (Note 4) Brown-out Detect Current (Note 4) Comparator Current for each Comparator (Note 4) VREF Current (Note 4) LP Oscillator Operating Frequency INTRC Oscillator Operating Frequency XT Oscillator Operating Frequency HS Oscillator Operating Frequency
1A
FOSC
* Note 1: 2:
3: 4: 5:
These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C, unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. This is the limit to which VDD can be lowered in SLEEP mode without losing RAM data. The supply current is mainly a function of the operating voltage and frequency. Other factors such as I/O pin loading and switching rate, oscillator type, internal code execution pattern, and temperature also have an impact on the current consumption. The test conditions for all IDD measurements in active operation mode are: OSC1=external square wave, from rail to rail; all I/O pins tristated, pulled to VDD, MCLR = VDD; WDT enabled/disabled as specified. The power down current in SLEEP mode does not depend on the oscillator type. Power down current is measured with the part in SLEEP mode, with all I/O pins in hi-impedance state and tied to VDD to VSS. The current is the additional current consumed when this peripheral is enabled. This current should be added to the base IDD or IPD measurement. For RC osc configuration, current through Rext is not included. The current through the resistor can be estimated by the formula Ir = VDD/2Rext (mA) with Rext in k.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 135
PIC16F62X
17.3 DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F62X (Commercial, Industrial, Extended) PIC16LF62X (Commercial, Industrial, Extended)
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated) Operating temperature -40C TA +85C for industrial and 0C TA +70C for commercial and -40C TA +125C for extended Operating voltage VDD range as described in DC spec Table 17.1 and Table 12-2 Param. No. Sym VIL D030 D031 D032 D033 VIH D040 D041 D042 D043 D043A D070 Characteristic Input Low Voltage I/O ports with TTL buffer with Schmitt Trigger input MCLR, RA4/T0CKI,OSC1 (in ER mode) OSC1 (in XT and HS) OSC1 (in LP) Input High Voltage I/O ports with TTL buffer Min Typ Max Unit Conditions
VSS VSS Vss Vss Vss
-
-
0.8V 0.15VDD 0.2VDD 0.2VDD 0.3VDD 0.6VDD-1.0
V V V V V
VDD = 4.5V to 5.5V otherwise Note1
D060 D061 D063
with Schmitt Trigger input MCLR RA4/T0CKI OSC1 (XT, HS and LP) OSC1 (in ER mode) IPURB PORTB weak pull-up current Input Leakage Current IIL (Notes 2, 3) I/O ports (Except PORTA) PORTA RA4/T0CKI OSC1, MCLR VOL Output Low Voltage I/O ports OSC2/CLKOUT (ER only) VOH Output High Voltage (Note 3) I/O ports (Except RA4) OSC2/CLKOUT (ER only) Open-Drain High Voltage Capacitive Loading Specs on Output Pins COSC2 OSC2 pin VOD
2.0V .25VDD + 0.8V 0.8VDD 0.8VDD 0.7VDD 0.9VDD 50
200
VDD VDD VDD VDD VDD 400
V
VDD = 4.5V to 5.5V otherwise
V V Note1 A VDD = 5.0V, VPIN = VSS
-
-
1.0 0.5 1.0 5.0
A A A A
VSS VPIN VDD, pin at hi-impedance Vss VPIN VDD, pin at hi-impedance Vss VPIN VDD Vss VPIN VDD, XT, HS and LP osc configuration IOL=8.5 mA, VDD=4.5V, IOL=7.0 mA, VDD=4.5V, IOL=1.6 mA, VDD=4.5V, IOL=1.2 mA, VDD=4.5V, -40 to +85C +125C -40 to +85C +125C
D080 D083
VDD-0.7 VDD-0.7 VDD-0.7 VDD-0.7
-
0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 8.5*
V V V V V V V V V
D090 D092 *D150
IOH=-3.0 mA, VDD=4.5V, -40 to +85C IOH=-2.5 mA, VDD=4.5V, +125C IOH=-1.3 mA, VDD=4.5V, -40 to +85C IOH=-1.0 mA, VDD=4.5V, +125C RA4 pin PIC16F62X, PIC16LF62X
D100 D101 * Note 1: 2: 3:
-
15
Cio All I/O pins/OSC2 (in ER mode) 50 These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested. In ER oscillator configuration, the OSC1 pin is a Schmitt Trigger input. It is not recommended that the PIC16F62X be driven with external clock in ER mode. The leakage current on the MCLR pin is strongly dependent on applied voltage level. The specified levels represent normal operating conditions. Higher leakage current may be measured at different input voltages. Negative current is defined as coming out of the pin.
pF In XT, HS and LP modes when external clock used to drive OSC1. pF
DS40300B-page 136
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 17-1:
Param No. D300 D301 D302 300 300A 301
COMPARATOR SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 3.0V < VDD <5.5V, -40C < TA < +125C, unless otherwise stated. Characteristics Sym VIOFF VICM TRESP TMC2OV 0 55 Min Typ 5.0 150 Max 10 VDD - 1.5 400 600 10 Units mV V db ns ns s 16F62X 16LF62X Comments
Input offset voltage Input common mode voltage* Response Time(1)* Comparator Mode Change to Output Valid*
Common Mode Rejection Ratio* CMRR
* These parameters are characterized but not tested. Response time measured with one comparator input at (VDD - 1.5)/2 while the other input transitions from VSS to VDD.
TABLE 17-2:
Spec No. D310 D311 D312 310
VOLTAGE REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS
Operating Conditions: 3.0V < VDD < 5.5V, -40C < TA < +125C, unless otherwise stated. Characteristics Sym VRES VRAA VRUR TSET Min VDD/24 2k Typ Max VDD/32 1/4 1/2 10 Units LSb LSb LSb s Low Range (VRR = 1) High Range (VRR = 0) Comments
Resolution Absolute Accuracy Unit Resistor Value (R)* Settling Time
(1)*
* These parameters are characterized but not tested. Settling time measured while VRR = 1 and VR<3:0> transitions from 0000 to 1111.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 137
PIC16F62X
17.4 Timing Parameter Symbology
The timing parameter symbols have been created with one of the following formats: 1. TppS2ppS 2. TppS T F Frequency Lowercase subscripts (pp) and their meanings: pp ck CLKOUT io I/O port mc MCLR Uppercase letters and their meanings: S F Fall H High I Invalid (Hi-impedance) L Low
T
Time
osc t0
OSC1 T0CKI
P R V Z
Period Rise Valid Hi-Impedance
FIGURE 17-5: LOAD CONDITIONS
Load condition 1 VDD/2 Load condition 2
RL
Pin VSS RL = 464 CL = 50 pF 15 pF
CL
Pin VSS
CL
for all pins except OSC2 for OSC2 output
TABLE 17-3:
DC CHARACTERISTICS: PIC16F62X, PIC16LF62X
Standard Operating Conditions (unless otherwise stated)
DC Characteristics Parameter Sym No. D120 D121 D122 D130 D131 D132 D133
*
Characteristic Data EEPROM Memory Endurance VDD for read/write Erase/Write cycle time Program Flash Memory Endurance VDD for read VDD for erase/write Erase/Write cycle time
Min
Typ
Max
Units
Conditions
Ed Vdrw Tdew Ep Vpr Vpew Tpew
1M* VMIN -- 1000* Vmin 4.5 --
10M -- 4 10000 -- -- 4
-- 5.5 8* -- 5.5 5.5 8*
E/W 25C at 5V V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage ms E/W V VMIN = Minimum operating voltage V ms
These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
DS40300B-page 138
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
17.5 Timing Diagrams and Specifications FIGURE 17-6: EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING
Q4 OSC1 1 2 CLKOUT 3 3 4 4 Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q1
TABLE 17-4:
Parameter No.
EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Characteristic External CLKIN Frequency (Note 1) Min DC DC DC Oscillator Frequency (Note 1) Typ -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 4 37 -- -- -- 4 20 200 4 4 20 200 Max Units MHz MHz kHz MHz MHz MHz kHz MHz kHz ns ns s Conditions XT and ER osc mode, VDD=5.0V HS osc mode LP osc mode ER osc mode, VDD=5.0V XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode INTRC mode (fast) INTRC mode (slow) XT and ER osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode
Sym Fosc
0.1 1
1
Tosc
External CLKIN Period (Note 1)
250 50 5
-- -- --
Oscillator Period (Note 1)
250 250 50 5
-- -- -- 250 27 TCY -- 4.00
2 3 4 5
Tcy TosL, TosH INTRC ER
Instruction Cycle Time (Note 1) External CLKIN (OSC1) High External CLKIN Low Internal Calibrated ER External Biased ER Frequency
1.0 100 * 3.65 10kHz
-- ns 10,000 ns 1,000 ns s ns s DC ns -- ns 4.28 8MHz MHz
ER osc mode XT osc mode HS osc mode LP osc mode INTRC mode (fast) INTRC mode (slow) TCY = 4/FOSC XT oscillator, TOSC L/H duty cycle VDD = 5.0V VDD = 5.0V
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 139
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 17-7: CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING
Q4 OSC1 10 22 CLKOUT 13 19 14 I/O Pin (input) 17 I/O Pin (output) old value 20, 21 15 new value 18 16 23 12 11 Q1 Q2 Q3
TABLE 17-5:
Parameter No.
10 10A 11 11A 12 12A 13 13A 14 15
CLKOUT AND I/O TIMING REQUIREMENTS
Sym Characteristic
OSC1 to CLKOUT 16F62X 16LF62X
Min
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- 16F62X 16LF62X Tosc +200 ns Tosc =400 ns 0 16F62X 16LF62X -- -- 100 200
Typ
75 -- 75 -- 35 -- 35 -- -- -- -- -- 50 -- --
Max
200 400 200 400 100 200 100 200 20 -- -- -- 150 * 300 --
Units
ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns
TosH2ckL
TosH2ckH
OSC1 to CLKOUT
16F62X 16LF62X
TckR
CLKOUT rise time
16F62X 16LF62X
TckF
CLKOUT fall time
16F62X 16LF62X
TckL2ioV TioV2ckH
CLKOUT to Port out valid Port in valid before CLKOUT
16 17
TckH2ioI TosH2ioV
Port in hold after CLKOUT OSC1 (Q1 cycle) to Port out valid
18
TosH2ioI
OSC1 (Q2 cycle) to Port input invalid (I/O in hold time)
DS40300B-page 140
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 17-8: RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER TIMING
VDD MCLR Internal POR 33 PWRT Timeout OSC Timeout Internal RESET Watchdog Timer RESET 34 I/O Pins 32 30
31 34
FIGURE 17-9: BROWN-OUT DETECT TIMING
VDD
BVDD 35
TABLE 17-6:
Parameter No.
30 31 32 33* 34 35
RESET, WATCHDOG TIMER, OSCILLATOR START-UP TIMER AND POWER-UP TIMER REQUIREMENTS
Sym
TmcL Twdt Tost Tpwrt TIOZ TBOD
Characteristic
MCLR Pulse Width (low) Watchdog Timer Time-out Period (No Prescaler) Oscillation Start-up Timer Period Power up Timer Period I/O Hi-impedance from MCLR Low or Watchdog Timer Reset Brown-out Detect pulse width
Min
2000 TBD 7 TBD -- 28 TBD -- 100
Typ
-- TBD 18 TBD 1024TOSC 72 TBD -- --
Max
-- TBD 33 TBD -- 132 TBD 2.0 --
Unit s
ns ms ms ms -- ms ms s s
Conditions
VDD = 5V, -40C to +85C Extended temperature VDD = 5V, -40C to +85C Extended temperature TOSC = OSC1 period VDD = 5V, -40C to +85C
VDD BVDD (D005)
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 141
PIC16F62X
FIGURE 17-10: TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK TIMINGS
RA4/T0CKI
40
41
42
RB6/T1OSO/T1CKI
45
46
47
48
TMR0 or TMR1
DS40300B-page 142
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
TABLE 17-7:
Param No. 40* 41* 42* Sym Tt0H Tt0L Tt0P
TIMER0 AND TIMER1 EXTERNAL CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Characteristic T0CKI High Pulse Width T0CKI Low Pulse Width T0CKI Period No Prescaler With Prescaler No Prescaler With Prescaler Min 0.5TCY + 20 10 0.5TCY + 20 10 Greater of: TCY + 40 N 0.5TCY + 20 15 25 30 50 0.5TCY + 20 15 25 30 50 Greater of: TCY + 40 N Greater of: TCY + 40 N 60 100 DC Typ Max Units -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Conditions
45*
Tt1H
T1CKI High Time
46*
Tt1L
T1CKI Low Time
47*
Tt1P
T1CKI input period
Synchronous, No Prescaler Synchronous, 16F62X with Prescaler 16LF62X Asynchronous 16F62X 16LF62X Synchronous, No Prescaler Synchronous, 16F62X with Prescaler 16LF62X Asynchronous 16F62X 16LF62X Synchronous 16F62X
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- --
ns ns ns ns ns N = prescale value (2, 4, ..., 256) ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns ns N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, 8) --
16LF62X
--
--
Asynchronous 16F62X -- -- ns 16LF62X -- -- ns Ft1 Timer1 oscillator input frequency range -- 200 kHz (oscillator enabled by setting bit T1OSCEN) 48 TCKEZtmr1 Delay from external clock edge to timer 2Tosc -- 7Tos -- increment c * These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
FIGURE 17-11: CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM TIMINGS
RB3/CCP1 (Capture Mode) 50 52 51
RB3/CCP1 (Compare or PWM Mode) 53 54
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 143
PIC16F62X
TABLE 17-8:
Param Sym No. 50* TccL CCP input low time
CAPTURE/COMPARE/PWM REQUIREMENTS
Characteristic No Prescaler 16F62X With Prescaler 16LF62X No Prescaler 16F62X With Prescaler 16LF62X Min 0.5TCY + 20 10 20 0.5TCY + 20 10 20 3TCY + 40 N 16F62X 16LF62X 16F62X 16LF62X Typ Max Units -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- ns ns ns ns ns ns ns N = prescale value (1,4 or 16) Conditions
51*
TccH CCP input high time
52*
TccP CCP input period
53* 54*
TccR CCP output rise time TccF CCP output fall time
10 25 10 25
25 45 25 45
ns ns ns ns
* These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
FIGURE 17-12: TIMER0 CLOCK TIMING
RA4/T0CKI
40 42
41
TMR0
TABLE 17-9:
Parameter No. 40
TIMER0 CLOCK REQUIREMENTS
Min No Prescaler With Prescaler 0.5 TCY + 20* 10* 0.5 TCY + 20* 10* TCY + 40* N Typ -- -- -- -- -- Max -- -- -- -- -- Units Conditions ns ns ns ns ns N = prescale value (1, 2, 4, ..., 256)
Sym Characteristic Tt0H T0CKI High Pulse Width
41
Tt0L T0CKI Low Pulse Width
No Prescaler With Prescaler
42 *
Tt0P T0CKI Period
These parameters are characterized but not tested. Data in "Typ" column is at 5.0V, 25C unless otherwise stated. These parameters are for design guidance only and are not tested.
DS40300B-page 144
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
18.0 DEVICE CHARACTERIZATION INFORMATION
Not Available at this time.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 145
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 146
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
19.0
19.1
PACKAGING INFORMATION
Package Marking Information
18-Lead PDIP XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX AABBCDE 18-Lead SOIC (.300") XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXXXX AABBCDE
Example PIC16F627 -04I / P456 9923 CBA Example PIC16F627 -04I / S0218 9918 CDK
20-Lead SSOP XXXXXXXXXX XXXXXXXXXX AABBCDE
Example PIC16F627 -04I / 218 9951 CBP
Legend: MM...M XX...X AA BB C
D E Note:
Microchip part number information Customer specific information* Year code (last 2 digits of calendar year) Week code (week of January 1 is week `01') Facility code of the plant at which wafer is manufactured O = Outside Vendor C = 5" Line S = 6" Line H = 8" Line Mask revision number Assembly code of the plant or country of origin in which part was assembled
In the event the full Microchip part number cannot be marked on one line, it will be carried over to the next line thus limiting the number of available characters for customer specific information.
*
Standard OTP marking consists of Microchip part number, year code, week code, facility code, mask rev#, and assembly code. For OTP marking beyond this, certain price adders apply. Please check with your Microchip Sales Office. For QTP devices, any special marking adders are included in QTP price.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 147
PIC16F62X
Package Type: K04-007 18-Lead Plastic Dual In-line (P) - 300 mil
E
D
2 n E1 A1 A R c A2 B1 eB Units Dimension Limits PCB Row Spacing Number of Pins Pitch Lower Lead Width Upper Lead Width Shoulder Radius Lead Thickness Top to Seating Plane Top of Lead to Seating Plane Base to Seating Plane Tip to Seating Plane Package Length Molded Package Width Radius to Radius Width Overall Row Spacing Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom * Controlling Parameter.
1
L
B
p
MIN n p B B1 R c A A1 A2 L D E E1 eB
INCHES* NOM 0.300 18 0.100 0.013 0.018 0.055 0.060 0.000 0.005 0.005 0.010 0.110 0.155 0.075 0.095 0.000 0.020 0.125 0.130 0.890 0.895 0.245 0.255 0.230 0.250 0.310 0.349 5 10 5 10
MAX
MIN
0.023 0.065 0.010 0.015 0.155 0.115 0.020 0.135 0.900 0.265 0.270 0.387 15 15
MILLIMETERS NOM 7.62 18 2.54 0.33 0.46 1.40 1.52 0.00 0.13 0.13 0.25 2.79 3.94 1.91 2.41 0.00 0.51 3.18 3.30 22.61 22.73 6.22 6.48 5.84 6.35 7.87 8.85 5 10 5 10
MAX
0.58 1.65 0.25 0.38 3.94 2.92 0.51 3.43 22.86 6.73 6.86 9.83 15 15
Dimension "B1" does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003" (0.076 mm) per side or 0.006" (0.152 mm) more than dimension "B1." Dimensions "D" and "E" do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.010" (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020" (0.508 mm) more than dimensions "D" or "E."
DS40300B-page 148
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
Package Type: K04-051 18-Lead Plastic Small Outline (SO) - Wide, 300 mil
E1 p E
D
2 B n X 45 1
L R2
c A R1 Units Dimension Limits Pitch Number of Pins Overall Pack. Height Shoulder Height Standoff Molded Package Length Molded Package Width Outside Dimension Chamfer Distance Shoulder Radius Gull Wing Radius Foot Length Foot Angle Radius Centerline Lead Thickness Lower Lead Width Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom
*
A1
L1
A2 MILLIMETERS NOM MAX 1.27 18 2.64 2.36 2.50 1.73 1.22 1.47 0.28 0.10 0.19 11.73 11.43 11.58 7.59 7.42 7.51 10.64 10.01 10.33 0.74 0.25 0.50 0.25 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.13 0.13 0.53 0.28 0.41 4 8 0 0.51 0.25 0.38 0.30 0.23 0.27 0.48 0.36 0.42 0 12 15 0 12 15
MIN p n A A1 A2 D E E1 X R1 R2 L L1 c B
INCHES* NOM 0.050 18 0.093 0.099 0.048 0.058 0.004 0.008 0.450 0.456 0.292 0.296 0.394 0.407 0.010 0.020 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.011 0.016 0 4 0.010 0.015 0.009 0.011 0.014 0.017 0 12 0 12
MAX
MIN
0.104 0.068 0.011 0.462 0.299 0.419 0.029 0.010 0.010 0.021 8 0.020 0.012 0.019 15 15
Controlling Parameter. Dimension "B" does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003" (0.076 mm) per side or 0.006" (0.152 mm) more than dimension "B." Dimensions "D" and "E" do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.010" (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020" (0.508 mm) more than dimensions "D" or "E."
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 149
PIC16F62X
Package Type: K04-072 20-Lead Plastic Shrink Small Outline (SS) - 5.30 mm
E1 E p
D
B n
2 1 L R2
c
A A1 R1 L1 A2
Units Dimension Limits Pitch Number of Pins Overall Pack. Height Shoulder Height Standoff Molded Package Length Molded Package Width Outside Dimension Shoulder Radius Gull Wing Radius Foot Length Foot Angle Radius Centerline Lead Thickness Lower Lead Width Mold Draft Angle Top Mold Draft Angle Bottom
*
MIN p n A A1 A2 D E E1 R1 R2 L L1 c B
INCHES NOM 0.026 20 0.068 0.073 0.026 0.036 0.002 0.005 0.278 0.283 0.205 0.208 0.301 0.306 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.005 0.015 0.020 4 0 0.000 0.005 0.005 0.007 0.010 0.012 0 5 0 5
MAX
MIN
0.078 0.046 0.008 0.289 0.212 0.311 0.010 0.010 0.025 8 0.010 0.009 0.015 10 10
MILLIMETERS* NOM MAX 0.65 20 1.86 1.99 1.73 0.91 1.17 0.66 0.13 0.21 0.05 7.20 7.33 7.07 5.29 5.38 5.20 7.78 7.90 7.65 0.13 0.25 0.13 0.13 0.25 0.13 0.51 0.64 0.38 4 0 8 0.13 0.25 0.00 0.18 0.22 0.13 0.32 0.38 0.25 0 5 10 0 5 10
Controlling Parameter. Dimension "B" does not include dam-bar protrusions. Dam-bar protrusions shall not exceed 0.003" (0.076 mm) per side or 0.006" (0.152 mm) more than dimension "B." Dimensions "D" and "E" do not include mold flash or protrusions. Mold flash or protrusions shall not exceed 0.010" (0.254 mm) per side or 0.020" (0.508 mm) more than dimensions "D" or "E."
DS40300B-page 150
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
INDEX A
A/D Special Event Trigger (CCP)....................................... 65 Absolute Maximum Ratings .............................................. 131 ADDLW Instruction ........................................................... 115 ADDWF Instruction ........................................................... 115 ANDLW Instruction ........................................................... 115 ANDWF Instruction ........................................................... 115 Architectural Overview .......................................................... 9 Assembler MPASM Assembler................................................... 125 Comparator Interrupts......................................................... 61 Comparator Module ............................................................ 57 Comparator Operation ........................................................ 59 Comparator Reference ....................................................... 59 Compare (CCP Module) ..................................................... 65 Block Diagram ............................................................ 65 CCP Pin Configuration ............................................... 65 CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers ..................................... 65 Software Interrupt ....................................................... 65 Special Event Trigger ................................................. 65 Timer1 Mode Selection............................................... 65 Configuration Bits ............................................................... 96 Configuring the Voltage Reference..................................... 69 Crystal Operation................................................................ 97
B
Baud Rate Error .................................................................. 73 Baud Rate Formula ............................................................. 73 Baud Rates Asynchronous Mode ................................................... 74 Synchronous Mode ..................................................... 74 BCF Instruction ................................................................. 116 Block Diagram TIMER0....................................................................... 45 TMR0/WDT PRESCALER .......................................... 48 Block Diagrams Comparator I/O Operating Modes............................... 58 Comparator Output ..................................................... 60 RA3:RA0 and RA5 Port Pins ...................................... 35 Timer1......................................................................... 51 Timer2......................................................................... 54 USART Receive.......................................................... 80 USART Transmit......................................................... 78 BRGH bit ............................................................................. 73 Brown-Out Detect (BOD) .................................................. 101 BSF Instruction ................................................................. 116 BTFSC Instruction............................................................. 116 BTFSS Instruction ............................................................. 117
D
DATA .................................................................................. 93 Data .................................................................................... 93 Data EEPROM Memory...................................................... 91 EECON1 Register ...................................................... 91 EECON2 Register ...................................................... 91 Data Memory Organization................................................. 13 DECF Instruction .............................................................. 118 DECFSZ Instruction.......................................................... 118 Development Support ....................................................... 125
E
EECON1 ............................................................................. 92 Errata .................................................................................... 3 External Crystal Oscillator Circuit ....................................... 98
G
General purpose Register File............................................ 13 GOTO Instruction.............................................................. 119
I
I/O Ports ............................................................................. 27 I/O Programming Considerations ....................................... 44 ID Locations...................................................................... 112 INCF Instruction................................................................ 119 INCFSZ Instruction ........................................................... 119 In-Circuit Serial Programming........................................... 112 Indirect Addressing, INDF and FSR Registers ................... 26 Instruction Flow/Pipelining .................................................. 12 Instruction Set ADDLW..................................................................... 115 ADDWF .................................................................... 115 ANDLW..................................................................... 115 ANDWF .................................................................... 115 BCF .......................................................................... 116 BSF........................................................................... 116 BTFSC...................................................................... 116 BTFSS ...................................................................... 117 CALL......................................................................... 117 CLRF ........................................................................ 117 CLRW ....................................................................... 117 CLRWDT .................................................................. 118 COMF ....................................................................... 118 DECF........................................................................ 118 DECFSZ ................................................................... 118 GOTO ....................................................................... 119 INCF ......................................................................... 119 INCFSZ..................................................................... 119 IORLW ...................................................................... 119 IORWF...................................................................... 120 MOVF ....................................................................... 120 MOVLW .................................................................... 120 MOVWF.................................................................... 120
C
CALL Instruction ............................................................... 117 Capture (CCP Module) ....................................................... 64 Block Diagram............................................................. 64 CCP Pin Configuration................................................ 64 CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers...................................... 64 Changing Between Capture Prescalers...................... 64 Software Interrupt ....................................................... 64 Timer1 Mode Selection ............................................... 64 Capture/Compare/PWM (CCP)........................................... 63 CCP1 .......................................................................... 63 CCP1CON Register ............................................ 63 CCPR1H Register............................................... 63 CCPR1L Register ............................................... 63 CCP2 .......................................................................... 63 Timer Resources......................................................... 63 CCP1CON Register ............................................................ 63 CCP1M3:CCP1M0 Bits............................................... 63 CCP1X:CCP1Y Bits .................................................... 63 CCP2CON Register CCP2M3:CCP2M0 Bits............................................... 63 CCP2X:CCP2Y Bits .................................................... 63 Clocking Scheme/Instruction Cycle .................................... 12 CLRF Instruction ............................................................... 117 CLRW Instruction .............................................................. 117 CLRWDT Instruction ......................................................... 118 CMCON Register ................................................................ 57 Code Protection ................................................................ 112 COMF Instruction .............................................................. 118 Comparator Configuration................................................... 58
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 151
PIC16F62X
NOP .......................................................................... 121 OPTION .................................................................... 121 RETFIE ..................................................................... 121 RETLW ..................................................................... 121 RETURN ................................................................... 122 RLF ........................................................................... 122 RRF........................................................................... 122 SLEEP ...................................................................... 122 SUBLW ..................................................................... 123 SUBWF ..................................................................... 123 SWAPF ..................................................................... 124 TRIS .......................................................................... 124 XORLW ..................................................................... 124 XORWF..................................................................... 124 Instruction Set Summary................................................... 113 INT Interrupt ...................................................................... 108 INTCON Register ................................................................ 21 Interrupt Sources Capture Complete (CCP) ............................................ 64 Compare Complete (CCP) .......................................... 65 TMR2 to PR2 Match (PWM) ....................................... 66 Interrupts ........................................................................... 107 Interrupts, Enable Bits CCP1 Enable (CCP1IE Bit)......................................... 64 Interrupts, Flag Bits CCP1 Flag (CCP1IF Bit) ....................................... 64, 65 IORLW Instruction............................................................. 119 IORWF Instruction............................................................. 120 Power-Down Mode (SLEEP) ............................................ 111 Power-On Reset (POR) .................................................... 101 Power-up Timer (PWRT) .................................................. 101 PR2 Register ...................................................................... 54 Prescaler............................................................................. 48 Prescaler, Capture.............................................................. 64 Prescaler, Timer2 ............................................................... 66 PRO MATE(R) II Universal Programmer ............................ 127 Program Memory Organization........................................... 13 PROTECTION .................................................................... 93 PWM (CCP Module) ........................................................... 66 Block Diagram ............................................................ 66 CCPR1H:CCPR1L Registers...................................... 66 Duty Cycle .................................................................. 66 Example Frequencies/Resolutions ............................. 67 Output Diagram .......................................................... 66 Period ......................................................................... 66 Set-Up for PWM Operation......................................... 67 TMR2 to PR2 Match ................................................... 66
Q
Q-Clock............................................................................... 66 Quick-Turnaround-Production (QTP) Devices...................... 7
R
RC Oscillator....................................................................... 98 READING ........................................................................... 93 Registers Maps PIC16C76 ........................................................... 14 PIC16C77 ........................................................... 14 RCSTA Diagram .............................................................. 72 Reset .................................................................................. 99 RETFIE Instruction ........................................................... 121 RETLW Instruction............................................................ 121 RETURN Instruction ......................................................... 122 RLF Instruction ................................................................. 122 RRF Instruction................................................................. 122
K
KeeLoq(R) Evaluation and Programming Tools.................. 128
M
Memory Organization Data EEPROM Memory .............................................. 91 MOVF Instruction .............................................................. 120 MOVLW Instruction ........................................................... 120 MOVWF Instruction........................................................... 120 MPLAB Integrated Development Environment Software .. 125
N
NOP Instruction................................................................. 121
S
SEEVAL(R) Evaluation and Programming System............. 128 Serialized Quick-Turnaround-Production (SQTP) Devices.................................................................... 7 SLEEP Instruction............................................................. 122 Software Simulator (MPLAB-SIM) .................................... 126 Special ................................................................................ 99 Special Features of the CPU .............................................. 95 Special Function Registers ................................................. 15 Stack................................................................................... 25 Status Register ................................................................... 19 SUBLW Instruction ........................................................... 123 SUBWF Instruction ........................................................... 123 SWAPF Instruction ........................................................... 124
O
OPTION Instruction........................................................... 121 OPTION Register ................................................................ 20 Oscillator Configurations ..................................................... 97 Oscillator Start-up Timer (OST) ........................................ 101 Output of TMR2................................................................... 54
P
Package Marking Information ........................................... 147 Packaging Information ...................................................... 147 PCL and PCLATH ............................................................... 25 PCON Register ................................................................... 24 PICDEM-1 Low-Cost PICmicro Demo Board.................... 127 PICDEM-2 Low-Cost PIC16CXX Demo Board ................. 127 PICDEM-3 Low-Cost PIC16CXXX Demo Board............... 127 PICSTART(R) Plus Entry Level Development System ....... 127 PIE1 Register ...................................................................... 22 Pin Functions RC6/TX/CK ........................................................... 71-88 RC7/RX/DT ........................................................... 71-88 Pinout Description ............................................................... 11 PIR1 Register...................................................................... 23 Port RB Interrupt ............................................................... 108 PORTA................................................................................ 27 PORTB................................................................................ 34 Power Control/Status Register (PCON) ............................ 102
T
T1CKPS0 bit ....................................................................... 50 T1CKPS1 bit ....................................................................... 50 T1CON Register ................................................................. 50 T1OSCEN bit ...................................................................... 50 T1SYNC bit......................................................................... 50 T2CKPS0 bit ....................................................................... 55 T2CKPS1 bit ....................................................................... 55 T2CON Register ................................................................. 55
DS40300B-page 152
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
Timer0 TIMER0....................................................................... 45 TIMER0 (TMR0) Interrupt ........................................... 45 TIMER0 (TMR0) Module............................................. 45 TMR0 with External Clock........................................... 47 Timer1 Special Event Trigger (CCP)....................................... 65 Switching Prescaler Assignment................................. 49 Timer2 PR2 Register............................................................... 66 TMR2 to PR2 Match Interrupt ..................................... 66 Timers Timer1 Asynchronous Counter Mode ............................. 52 Block Diagram .................................................... 51 Capacitor Selection............................................. 52 External Clock Input............................................ 51 External Clock Input Timing ................................ 52 Operation in Timer Mode .................................... 51 Oscillator ............................................................. 52 Prescaler....................................................... 51, 53 Resetting of Timer1 Registers ............................ 53 Resetting Timer1 using a CCP Trigger Output ... 53 Synchronized Counter Mode .............................. 51 T1CON................................................................ 50 TMR1H ............................................................... 52 TMR1L ................................................................ 52 Timer2 Block Diagram .................................................... 54 Module ................................................................ 54 Postscaler ........................................................... 54 Prescaler............................................................. 54 T2CON................................................................ 55 Timing Diagrams Timer0....................................................................... 142 Timer1....................................................................... 142 USART Asynchronous Master Transmission.............. 79 USART RX Pin Sampling...................................... 76, 77 USART Synchronous Reception................................. 87 USART Synchronous Transmission ........................... 85 USART, Asynchronous Reception.............................. 81 Timing Diagrams and Specifications................................. 139 TMR0 Interrupt .................................................................. 108 TMR1CS bit ........................................................................ 50 TMR1ON bit ........................................................................ 50 TMR2ON bit ........................................................................ 55 TOUTPS0 bit....................................................................... 55 TOUTPS1 bit....................................................................... 55 TOUTPS2 bit....................................................................... 55 TOUTPS3 bit....................................................................... 55 TRIS Instruction ................................................................ 124 TRISA ................................................................................. 27 TRISB ................................................................................. 34 TXSTA Register .................................................................. 71 USART Asynchronous Mode................................................... 78 Asynchronous Receiver.............................................. 80 Asynchronous Reception............................................ 82 Asynchronous Transmission ...................................... 79 Asynchronous Transmitter.......................................... 78 Baud Rate Generator (BRG) ...................................... 73 Sampling..................................................................... 76 Synchronous Master Mode......................................... 84 Synchronous Master Reception ................................. 86 Synchronous Master Transmission ............................ 84 Synchronous Slave Mode........................................... 88 Synchronous Slave Reception ................................... 88 Synchronous Slave Transmit...................................... 88 Transmit Block Diagram ............................................. 78
V
Voltage Reference Module ................................................. 69 VRCON Register ................................................................ 69
W
Watchdog Timer (WDT).................................................... 109 WRITE ................................................................................ 93 WRITING ............................................................................ 93 WWW, On-Line Support ....................................................... 3
X
XORLW Instruction ........................................................... 124 XORWF Instruction........................................................... 124
U
Universal Synchronous Asynchronous Receiver Transmitter (USART) .......................................................... 71 Asynchronous Receiver Setting Up Reception .......................................... 83 Timing Diagram .................................................. 81 Asynchronous Receiver Mode Block Diagram .................................................... 83 Section ................................................................ 83
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 153
PIC16F62X
DS40300B-page 154
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
ON-LINE SUPPORT
Microchip provides on-line support on the Microchip World Wide Web (WWW) site. The web site is used by Microchip as a means to make files and information easily available to customers. To view the site, the user must have access to the Internet and a web browser, such as Netscape or Microsoft Explorer. Files are also available for FTP download from our FTP site.
Systems Information and Upgrade Hot Line
The Systems Information and Upgrade Line provides system users a listing of the latest versions of all of Microchip's development systems software products. Plus, this line provides information on how customers can receive any currently available upgrade kits.The Hot Line Numbers are: 1-800-755-2345 for U.S. and most of Canada, and 1-602-786-7302 for the rest of the world.
981103
Connecting to the Microchip Internet Web Site
The Microchip web site is available by using your favorite Internet browser to attach to: www.microchip.com The file transfer site is available by using an FTP service to connect to: ftp://ftp.microchip.com The web site and file transfer site provide a variety of services. Users may download files for the latest Development Tools, Data Sheets, Application Notes, User's Guides, Articles and Sample Programs. A variety of Microchip specific business information is also available, including listings of Microchip sales offices, distributors and factory representatives. Other data available for consideration is: * Latest Microchip Press Releases * Technical Support Section with Frequently Asked Questions * Design Tips * Device Errata * Job Postings * Microchip Consultant Program Member Listing * Links to other useful web sites related to Microchip Products * Conferences for products, Development Systems, technical information and more * Listing of seminars and events
Trademarks: The Microchip name, logo, PIC, PICmicro, PICSTART, PICMASTER and PRO MATE are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Incorporated in the U.S.A. and other countries. FlexROM, MPLAB and fuzzyLAB are trademarks and SQTP is a service mark of Microchip in the U.S.A. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 155
PIC16F62X
READER RESPONSE
It is our intention to provide you with the best documentation possible to ensure successful use of your Microchip product. If you wish to provide your comments on organization, clarity, subject matter, and ways in which our documentation can better serve you, please FAX your comments to the Technical Publications Manager at (602) 786-7578. Please list the following information, and use this outline to provide us with your comments about this Data Sheet. To: RE: Technical Publications Manager Reader Response Total Pages Sent
From: Name Company Address City / State / ZIP / Country Telephone: (_______) _________ - _________ Application (optional): Would you like a reply? Device: PIC16F62X Questions: 1. What are the best features of this document? Y N Literature Number: DS40300B FAX: (______) _________ - _________
2. How does this document meet your hardware and software development needs?
3. Do you find the organization of this data sheet easy to follow? If not, why?
4. What additions to the data sheet do you think would enhance the structure and subject?
5. What deletions from the data sheet could be made without affecting the overall usefulness?
6. Is there any incorrect or misleading information (what and where)?
7. How would you improve this document?
8. How would you improve our software, systems, and silicon products?
DS40300B-page 156
Preliminary
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
PIC16F62X PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION SYSTEM
To order or to obtain information, e.g., on pricing or delivery, please use the listed part numbers, and refer to the factory or the listed sales offices.
PART NO.
-XX
X /XX XXX
Pattern: Package: 3-Digit Pattern Code for QTP (blank otherwise) P SO SS = = = = = = = = = PDIP SOIC (Gull Wing, 300 mil body) SSOP (209 mil) 0C to +70C -40C to +85C -40C to +125C 200kHz (LP osc) 4 MHz (XT and ER osc) 20 MHz (HS osc)
Examples:
g) PIC16F627 - 04/P 301 = Commercial temp., PDIP package, 4 MHz, normal VDD limits, QTP pattern #301. h) PIC16LF627- 04I/SO = Industrial temp., SOIC package, 200kHz, extended VDD limits.
Temperature Range: I E Frequency Range: Device: 04 04 20
PIC16F62X :VDD range 3.0V to 5.5V PIC16F62XT:VDD range 3.0V to 5.5V (Tape and Reel) PIC16LF62X:VDD range 2.0V to 5.5V PIC16LF62XT:VDD range 2.0V to 5.5V (Tape and Reel)
Sales and Support
Data Sheets Products supported by a preliminary Data Sheet may have an errata sheet describing minor operational differences and recommended workarounds. To determine if an errata sheet exists for a particular device, please contact one of the following: 1. 2. 3. Your local Microchip sales office The Microchip Corporate Literature Center U.S. FAX: (602) 786-7277 The Microchip Worldwide Site (www.microchip.com)
Please specify which device, revision of silicon and Data Sheet (include Literature #) you are using. New Customer Notification System Register on our web site (www.microchip.com/cn) to receive the most current information on our products.
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 157
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
DS40300B-page 158
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
PIC16F62X
NOTES:
(c) 1999 Microchip Technology Inc.
Preliminary
DS40300B-page 159
WORLDWIDE SALES AND SERVICE
AMERICAS
Corporate Office
Microchip Technology Inc. 2355 West Chandler Blvd. Chandler, AZ 85224-6199 Tel: 480-786-7200 Fax: 480-786-7277 Technical Support: 480-786-7627 Web Address: http://www.microchip.com
AMERICAS (continued)
Toronto
Microchip Technology Inc. 5925 Airport Road, Suite 200 Mississauga, Ontario L4V 1W1, Canada Tel: 905-405-6279 Fax: 905-405-6253
ASIA/PACIFIC (continued)
Singapore
Microchip Technology Singapore Pte Ltd. 200 Middle Road #07-02 Prime Centre Singapore 188980 Tel: 65-334-8870 Fax: 65-334-8850
ASIA/PACIFIC
Hong Kong
Microchip Asia Pacific Unit 2101, Tower 2 Metroplaza 223 Hing Fong Road Kwai Fong, N.T., Hong Kong Tel: 852-2-401-1200 Fax: 852-2-401-3431
Taiwan, R.O.C
Microchip Technology Taiwan 10F-1C 207 Tung Hua North Road Taipei, Taiwan, ROC Tel: 886-2-2717-7175 Fax: 886-2-2545-0139
Atlanta
Microchip Technology Inc. 500 Sugar Mill Road, Suite 200B Atlanta, GA 30350 Tel: 770-640-0034 Fax: 770-640-0307
Boston
Microchip Technology Inc. 5 Mount Royal Avenue Marlborough, MA 01752 Tel: 508-480-9990 Fax: 508-480-8575
EUROPE
United Kingdom
Arizona Microchip Technology Ltd. 505 Eskdale Road Winnersh Triangle Wokingham Berkshire, England RG41 5TU Tel: 44 118 921 5858 Fax: 44-118 921-5835
Beijing
Microchip Technology, Beijing Unit 915, 6 Chaoyangmen Bei Dajie Dong Erhuan Road, Dongcheng District New China Hong Kong Manhattan Building Beijing 100027 PRC Tel: 86-10-85282100 Fax: 86-10-85282104
Chicago
Microchip Technology Inc. 333 Pierce Road, Suite 180 Itasca, IL 60143 Tel: 630-285-0071 Fax: 630-285-0075
India
Microchip Technology Inc. India Liaison Office No. 6, Legacy, Convent Road Bangalore 560 025, India Tel: 91-80-229-0061 Fax: 91-80-229-0062
Denmark
Microchip Technology Denmark ApS Regus Business Centre Lautrup hoj 1-3 Ballerup DK-2750 Denmark Tel: 45 4420 9895 Fax: 45 4420 9910
Dallas
Microchip Technology Inc. 4570 Westgrove Drive, Suite 160 Addison, TX 75248 Tel: 972-818-7423 Fax: 972-818-2924
Japan
Microchip Technology Intl. Inc. Benex S-1 6F 3-18-20, Shinyokohama Kohoku-Ku, Yokohama-shi Kanagawa 222-0033 Japan Tel: 81-45-471- 6166 Fax: 81-45-471-6122
France
Arizona Microchip Technology SARL Parc d'Activite du Moulin de Massy 43 Rue du Saule Trapu Batiment A - ler Etage 91300 Massy, France Tel: 33-1-69-53-63-20 Fax: 33-1-69-30-90-79
Dayton
Microchip Technology Inc. Two Prestige Place, Suite 150 Miamisburg, OH 45342 Tel: 937-291-1654 Fax: 937-291-9175
Detroit
Microchip Technology Inc. Tri-Atria Office Building 32255 Northwestern Highway, Suite 190 Farmington Hills, MI 48334 Tel: 248-538-2250 Fax: 248-538-2260
Korea
Microchip Technology Korea 168-1, Youngbo Bldg. 3 Floor Samsung-Dong, Kangnam-Ku Seoul, Korea Tel: 82-2-554-7200 Fax: 82-2-558-5934
Germany
Arizona Microchip Technology GmbH Gustav-Heinemann-Ring 125 D-81739 Munchen, Germany Tel: 49-89-627-144 0 Fax: 49-89-627-144-44
Los Angeles
Microchip Technology Inc. 18201 Von Karman, Suite 1090 Irvine, CA 92612 Tel: 949-263-1888 Fax: 949-263-1338
Italy
Arizona Microchip Technology SRL Centro Direzionale Colleoni Palazzo Taurus 1 V. Le Colleoni 1 20041 Agrate Brianza Milan, Italy Tel: 39-039-65791-1 Fax: 39-039-6899883
11/15/99
Shanghai
Microchip Technology RM 406 Shanghai Golden Bridge Bldg. 2077 Yan'an Road West, Hong Qiao District Shanghai, PRC 200335 Tel: 86-21-6275-5700 Fax: 86 21-6275-5060
New York
Microchip Technology Inc. 150 Motor Parkway, Suite 202 Hauppauge, NY 11788 Tel: 631-273-5305 Fax: 631-273-5335
San Jose
Microchip Technology Inc. 2107 North First Street, Suite 590 San Jose, CA 95131 Tel: 408-436-7950 Fax: 408-436-7955
Microchip received QS-9000 quality system certification for its worldwide headquarters, design and wafer fabrication facilities in Chandler and Tempe, Arizona in July 1999. The Company's quality system processes and procedures are QS-9000 compliant for its PICmicro(R) 8-bit MCUs, KEELOQ(R) code hopping devices, Serial EEPROMs and microperipheral products. In addition, Microchip's quality system for the design and manufacture of development systems is ISO 9001 certified.
All rights reserved. (c) 1999 Microchip Technology Incorporated. Printed in the USA. 11/99
Printed on recycled paper.
Information contained in this publication regarding device applications and the like is intended for suggestion only and may be superseded by updates. No representation or warranty is given and no liability is assumed by Microchip Technology Incorporated with respect to the accuracy or use of such information, or infringement of patents or other intellectual property rights arising from such use or otherwise. Use of Microchip's products as critical components in life support systems is not authorized except with express written approval by Microchip. No licenses are conveyed, implicitly or otherwise, under any intellectual property rights. The Microchip logo and name are registered trademarks of Microchip Technology Inc. in the U.S.A. and other countries. All rights reserved. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of their respective companies.
1999 Microchip Technology Inc.

▲Up To Search▲

Price & Availability of PIC16F627

	To Download PIC16F627 Datasheet File
If you can't view the Datasheet, Please click here to try to view without PDF Reader .